Mazda | 2008 Speed 3 | Specifications | Mazda 2008 Speed 3 Specifications

Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page1
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (1,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page2
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (2,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page3
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (3,1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may
contain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2007 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan June 2007(Print1)
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page4
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (4,1)
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
NOTE
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to
your vehicle, or both, could result if
the caution is ignored.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
A NOTE provides information and sometimes
suggests how to make better use of your
vehicle.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page5
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (5,1)
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page6
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (6,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page7
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
1
Black plate (7,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4
1-1
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page8
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (8,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
*Refer to Navigation System at the separate manual (if equipped).
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-19
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-18
Power door lock switch ....................................................................................... page 3-9
1-2
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page9
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (9,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-52
Dashboard illumination knob ............................................................................ page 5-35
Lighting control/Turn signal .............................................................................. page 5-50
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-32
SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-40
Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-19
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-54
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-60
Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-53
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-16
Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-60
Center console ................................................................................................... page 6-61
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6
Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-59
MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9
AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-12
Lighter ............................................................................................................... page 6-58
Rear window defroster switch ........................................................................... page 5-58
Ashtray ............................................................................................................... page 6-58
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2
Steering column release lever ............................................................................ page 3-29
Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-44
Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-20
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-21
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-29
Interior lights ..................................................................................................... page 6-50
Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-50
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-30
Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-50
Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2
Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-10
Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-5
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
1-3
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page10
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
4 Door
1-4
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (10,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page11
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (11,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-14
Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-15
Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-58
Power window ................................................................................................... page 3-18
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-35
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-20
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-39
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-21
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-29
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-23
Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-10
Door lock ............................................................................................................. page 3-8
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-29
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
1-5
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page12
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
5 Door
1-6
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (12,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page13
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (13,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Liftgate ............................................................................................................... page 3-11
Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-58
Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-30
Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-15
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-20
Power window ................................................................................................... page 3-18
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-35
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-39
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-21
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-29
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-23
Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-10
Door lock ............................................................................................................. page 3-8
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-29
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
1-7
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page14
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
1-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (14,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page15
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
2
Black plate (15,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats ................................................................................ 2-2
Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-5
Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................
Seat Belt Precautions ..............................................................
Seat Belt (Except Center-Rear Position) .................................
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems .......
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt (3-Point Type) .......................
Seat Belt Extender ...................................................................
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................
2-10
2-10
2-14
2-16
2-19
2-21
2-23
Child Restraint ............................................................................
Child Restraint Precautions .....................................................
Installing Child-Restraint Systems ..........................................
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................
2-25
2-25
2-29
2-35
SRS Air Bags ...............................................................................
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ...............
Supplemental Restraint System Components .........................
How the Air Bags Work ..........................................................
2-40
2-40
2-44
2-47
2-1
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page16
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (16,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place by attempting to
slide the seat forward and backward
and rocking the seatback.
2-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
qSeat Slide
WARNING
Adjust the driver seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with the seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page17
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (17,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Always sit in a passenger seat properly
with the seatback upright and feet on
the floor:
If your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors,
sitting in the front passenger seat
improperly out of position or with the
seatback reclined too far while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous as it
can take off weight from the seat
bottom and affect the weight
determination of the front passenger
sensing system. As a result the front
passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could cause result in serious injury.
Always sit upright against your
seatback, with your feet on the floor.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when
there are no other passengers, rock
the seatback to make sure it is locked
in place.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
2-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page18
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (18,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat) í
By moving the seat lever up or down, the
seat bottom height can be adjusted.
Up
Down
qHead Restraint
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
Height adjustment
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat) í
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
To adjust the lumbar support, pull the
lever forward.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
even with the top of the passenger's ears,
never the passenger's neck to prevent
injury.
2-4
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page19
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (19,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qSeat Warmer í
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer
on or off. When the switch is in the ON
position, the indicator light will come on.
NOTE
The seat temperature is regulated
automatically by a thermostat. Other than
turning it on or off, it cannot be adjusted.
Rear Seat
WARNING
Do not stack cargo higher than the
seatbacks or place articles on the rear
package tray or on the luggage
compartment cover:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks, and
placing articles on the rear package
tray or on the luggage compartment
cover is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, objects can fly
around and become projectiles that
may hit and injure passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
locked are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After returning the
seatback at any time, even when
there are no other passengers, rock
the seatback to make sure it is locked
in place.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
2-5
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page20
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (20,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.
Always leave your car locked and keep
the car keys safely away from children:
Leaving your car unlocked or the
keys in reach of children is
dangerous. Children who find their
way into the trunk through an
unlocked rear seatback or an open
trunk can become accidentally locked
in the trunk. This could result in
death or brain damage from heat
prostration, particularly in the
summer. Always lock the doors and
the trunk, and as an added measure,
keep the rear seatbacks locked,
whether you have children in your
home or not.
Never give the car keys to children and
do not allow them to play in the
vehicle:
Playing with the folding rear seats is
dangerous. The folding rear
seatbacks cannot be folded down
from inside the trunk. Once the
seatbacks are back up, a child in the
trunk would not be able to get out
the way they had entered. If you have
small children, keep the seatbacks
locked (sedan).
When returning a rear seat to its original
position, also replace the seat belt to its
normal position. Verify that the seat belt pulls
out and retracts.
2-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback
To fold the seatbacks
CAUTION
When operating the rear seatback
knob, make sure you support the
seatback with your hand. If the
seatback is not supported with your
hand, it will flip forward suddenly
and could cause injury to the finger
that pushes the rear seatback knob
down.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page21
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (21,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the centerrear seat belt (page 2-19).
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of
the belt before folding the rear-left
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of
the belt fastened could cause
damage to the seat belt, buckle and
seatback.
2. Position the outboard seat belts to the
side when folding the seatbacks down.
3. Support the seatback with your hand.
4. Push the rear seatback knob down.
WARNING
Always make sure the seat belts are
fully pulled out from under the
seatbacks:
A seat belt caught under a seatback
after the seatback is returned to its
upright position is dangerous. In a
collision or sudden stop, the seat belt
cannot provide adequate protection.
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, make sure there is no
red indication:
A rear seatback not fully returned
and locked in the upright position is
dangerous. Sudden stops or
maneuvering could cause a seatback
to flip forward suddenly resulting in
injury. If the red indicator is visible on
the back of the rear seatback knob,
the seatback is not locked in the
upright position.
Locked position
To return the seatbacks to the upright
position
Unlocked position
Red indicator
1. Position the outboard seat belts to the
side.
2. Lift the seatbacks upright.
3. Make sure the seat belts are fully
pulled out from under the seatbacks.
4. Pull on the top of the seatbacks from
inside the vehicle to make sure they are
locked.
5. Fasten the center-rear lap/shoulder belt
and check that all seat belts are routed
properly for passenger use (page 2-19).
2-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page22
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (22,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qRear Seatback Lock (4 Door)
To lock or unlock a seatback, move the
lever.
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
NOTE
The seatback locks are part of the trunk
security system (page 3-15).
qHead Restraint
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
2-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
even with the top of the passenger's ears,
never the passenger's neck to prevent
injury.
Removal
To remove the head restraint, press the
stop-catch release, then pull up on the
head restraint.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page23
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (23,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qArmrest í
The rear armrest in the center of the rear
seatback can be used (no occupant in the
center seat) or placed upright.
Armrest
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
2-9
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page24
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (24,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.
2-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page25
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (25,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt
webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate
protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt
systems in use during an accident before they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has
been expended:
One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) may
also deploy at the same time. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that was
used in an accident than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended
pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the air
bags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. After they are expended,
they will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the seat belt
pretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after any collision. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced
after any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will
only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the
front seat belts inspected.
2-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page26
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (26,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep
them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-64).
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return to the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
2-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page27
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (27,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child
restraint (page 2-25).
2-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page28
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (28,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt (Except CenterRear Position)
NOTE
When using the center-rear seat belt, refer to
“Center-Rear Position Seat Belt” (page 2-19).
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Belt
Tongue
Take up slack
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a click.
WARNING
Tongue
Buckle
2-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page29
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (29,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
qShoulder Belt Adjuster í
Depress the button on the buckle. If the
belt does not fully retract, pull it out and
check for kinks or twists. Then make sure
it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, pull the adjuster and slide it
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.
To raise
To lower
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
2-15
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page30
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (30,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
and Load Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
In moderate or severe frontal or nearfrontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The front seat belt
retractors remove slack quickly as the air
bags are expanding.
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the front passenger, like the front
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat. Any
time the air bags and seat belt
pretensioners have fired they must be
replaced. For details, refer to the front
passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-47).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
front passenger seat belts is
dangerous. Without proper
positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident
and this could result in serious injury.
For more details about wearing seat
belts, refer to “Fastening the seat
belts” (page 2-14).
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page31
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (31,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
One or both front air bags may
deploy, and the corresponding
pretensioner(s) may also deploy at
the same time. While it is safer to use
a crash-used seat belt that was used
in an accident than no seat belt at
all, using a seat belt with an
expended pretensioner or load limiter
loaded reduces the safety available to
you. Like the air bags, the seat belt
pretensioners will only function once.
After they are expended, they will not
function again and must be replaced
immediately. If the seat belt
pretensioners are not replaced, the
risk of injury in a collision will
increase. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision. Expended seat belt
pretensioners and air bags must be
replaced after any collision which
caused them to deploy. Additionally,
the load limiter will only limit loads
on the chest once in a collision and
this is another reason to have the
front seat belts inspected.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap
a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
l
l
The pretensioner system will activate in a
moderate or greater frontal or near-frontal
collision. The pretensioner system for the
front passenger is designed to only deploy
in accordance with the total seated weight
on the front passenger seat. It will not
activate in most rollovers, side or rear
impacts.
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate
a fire. This gas normally has no effect on
occupants, however, those with sensitive
skin may experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the air bags
or the front pretensioner system gets on the
skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing devices
on the pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable
which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The
occupants or repairers could be
seriously injured.
2-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page32
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (32,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly illuminates or
does not illuminate at all when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position. If any of these occur, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
2-18
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page33
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (33,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Center-Rear Position Seat
Belt (3-Point Type)
Before using the center-rear lap/shoulder
belt make sure tongue (A) and anchor
buckle (B) are fastened.
(A)
(B)
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the tongue (C).
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
3. Insert the tongue (C) into the buckle
(D) until you hear a click.
WARNING
Fastening the Center-Rear Seat Belt
with Only One Buckle:
Fastening the center-rear seat belt
with only one buckle is dangerous. If
only one pair of seat belt tongue and
buckle, either tongue (A) and anchor
buckle (B) or tongue (C) and anchor
buckle (D), is fastened, the seat belt
cannot provide full protection. In a
sudden stop or collision, the user
could slide under the belt and suffer
serious injuries. Always make sure
that both pairs of seat belt tongues
and buckles are fastened properly.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
WARNING
(C)
(D)
(A)
(B)
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
2-19
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page34
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (34,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the buckle. If the
belt does not fully retract, pull it out and
check for kinks or twists. Then make sure
it remains untwisted as it retracts.
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of
the belt before folding the left-rear
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of
the belt fastened could cause
damage to the seat belt, buckle and
seatback.
NOTE
To encourage rear seat passengers to wear
their seat belts, we suggest leaving the centerrear lap position of the belt fastened at all
times except when folding the rear seat
forward.
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qUnfastening the Lap Portion of
the Seat Belt
Insert a small object such as a key in the
anchor buckle (B) slot.
(A)
(B)
qFastening the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt
Grasp tongue (A) and insert it into the
anchor buckle (B) until you hear a click. It
is now secure for passenger use.
NOTE
After returning the left-rear seatback to its
upright position, fasten the lap portion of the
belt.
qStowing and pulling out the
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt
The center-rear position seat belt can be
stowed using the following procedure.
CAUTION
When stowing the seat belt, make
sure the belt is locked securely into
the recess. If the seat belt is not
properly stowed, it might get caught
in the seats and be damaged.
To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, put
tongues (A) and (C) together and insert
them into the recess.
2-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page35
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (35,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Sedan (Behind head restraint on left
side)
(A)
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
(C)
Hatchback (Left side of luggage
compartment)
(A)
(C)
To pull out the seat belt, slide tongues
with your finger, and slowly pull out the
seat belt from the recess.
NOTE
Pulling out the seat belt all the way out will
switch it to automatic locking mode. If
automatic locking mode is not needed, retract
the seat belt fully to convert it back to
emergency locking mode.
2-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page36
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (36,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and the user could be seriously
injured in an accident. Only use the
extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat.
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Do not use the extender or choose
one shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and
the center of the user's body is less
than 15cm (6 in).
2-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt extender
and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt
extender is left connected, the seat belt
extender might get damaged as it will not
retract with the rest of the seat belt and can
easily fall out of the door when not in use and
be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning
light will not illuminate and function properly.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page37
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (37,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
Indicator
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
qBelt Minder
NOTE
The belt minder can be deactivated. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and
restore the seat belt minder.
2-23
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page38
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
2-24
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (38,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page39
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (39,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-47).
2-25
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page40
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (40,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors
for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a
sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag
forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be
slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
2-26
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page41
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (41,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:
Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with a
front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-33). Even with the front
passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children,
seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the
following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying
and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the childrestraint system.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side
and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of
inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning over
or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional
side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location
for children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if the
child is seated in a child-restraint system.
2-27
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page42
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (42,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your
child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH
child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-35).
2-28
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page43
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (43,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing childrestraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to
air bags.
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seat.
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
front passenger seat weight sensors (page
2-47), which automatically deactivates the
front passenger air bag, a rear seat is the
safest place for a child of any age or size.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-35).
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
qRear Seat Child-Restraint System
Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH ChildRestraint Systems” (page 2-35).
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you
are not sure whether you have a LATCH
system or tether, check in the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions and follow
them accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not employ seat
belts which are in automatic locking mode.
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
2-29
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page44
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (44,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
Anchor bracket location (4 Door)
Anchor bracket
Tether strap position (4 Door)
Tether
strap
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
5. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook and
tighten the tether strap after raising the
head restraint (except center position).
2-30
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Anchor bracket
Anchor bracket location (5 Door
outboard position)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page45
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (45,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Tether strap position (5 Door outboard
position)
Tether strap
Forward
Anchor bracket location (5 Door center
position)
Tether strap position (5 Door center
position)
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback
(Except center position):
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Tether
strap
2-31
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page46
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (46,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat, even
with a seat weight sensor equipped
vehicle.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Don't allow anyone to sleep against the
side window if you have an optional side
and curtain air bag, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
l
l
To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag
will have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on the
outboard shoulder of the front seats.
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air
bag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” marking
on the window pillars along the roof edge.
2-32
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it
is unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags
and doubly so if your vehicle has side
air bags, a front-facing childrestraint system should be put on the
front passenger seat only when it is
unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
illuminates, always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying air bag could
cause serious injury or death to the
child.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
Even though you may feel assured
that the front passenger air bag will
not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page47
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (47,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not allow a child to lean over or
against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to
lean over or against the side window,
the area of the front passenger seat,
the front and rear window pillars and
the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags
deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. If the vehicle is
equipped with side and curtain air
bags, the impact of inflation could
cause serious injury or death to the
child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block
the side and curtain air bags and
eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. With the
front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front
seat, the rear seat is always a better
location for children. Do not allow a
child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in
a child-restraint system.
qFront Passenger's Seat ChildRestraint System Installation
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat the previous
step and also this one.
NOTE
l
l
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be
able to pull the shoulder belt out of the
retractor while the system is in the
automatic locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure the belt
fully retracts to return the system to
emergency locking mode before occupants
use the seat belts.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.
5. Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
Refer to Front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on page
2-47.
2-33
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page48
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (48,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
With seat warmer
Without seat warmer
2-34
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if
the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminated:
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear
seat, it is imperative that a childrestraint system ONLY be used on the
front passenger seat if the
deactivation indicator light
illuminates when the child is seated
in the child-restraint system (page
2-47). Seating a child in a childrestraint system installed on the front
passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light not illuminated is
dangerous. If this indicator light does
not illuminate even when the total
seated weight is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb), this
means that the front passenger front
and side air bags, and seat belt
pretensioner are ready for
deployment. If an accident were to
deploy an air bag, a child in a childrestraint system sitting in the front
passenger seat could be seriously
injured or killed. If the indicator light
does not illuminate after seating a
child in a child-restraint system on
the front passenger seat, seat a child
in a child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page49
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (49,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you
must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint
system attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the
seat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the
seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in
an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH childrestraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no
seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-35
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page50
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (50,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qChild-Restraint System Installation
Procedure (Rear Outboard Seats)
Anchor bracket location (4 Door)
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Anchor bracket
Tether strap position (4 Door)
Tether
strap
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction.
4. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety. Please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
when installing tethers.
2-36
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Anchor bracket
Anchor bracket location (5 Door)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page51
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (51,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Tether strap position (5 Door)
qChild-Restraint System Installation
Procedure (Rear Center Seat)
Tether strap
Forward
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
The LATCH lower anchors at the center
of the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
position and will reach the nearest
LATCH lower anchors which are 400 mm
(15.75 in) apart. LATCH compatible
child-restraint systems (with attachments
on belt webbing) can be used at this
seating position only if the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions state
that the child-restraint system can be
installed to LATCH lower anchors that are
400 mm (15.75 in) apart. Do not attach
two child-restraint systems to the same
LATCH lower anchor. If your childrestraint system has a tether, it must also
be used for your child's optimum safety.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
2-37
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page52
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (52,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
4. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety. Please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
when installing tethers.
Anchor bracket location (4 Door)
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Anchor bracket
Tether strap position (4 Door)
Tether
strap
Anchor bracket
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
2-38
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page53
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (53,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location (5 Door)
Tether strap position (5 Door)
Tether
strap
2-39
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page54
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (54,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags. Please
verify which kinds of air bags are equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS
AIRBAG” location indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags
are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
l
l
l
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags) í
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags) í
These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; if
you have side and curtain air bags, the side and curtain air bags are not likely to deploy on
both sides in the same accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side
and curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during the
same type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
only in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only in
same-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough
to activate the air bags.
l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-25).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
2-40
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page55
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (55,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forces
that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-side collision. Whenever
possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seat with an
appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands
or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags
inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too
close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should
adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-41
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page56
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (56,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely
dangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of the
outboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car is
hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning
against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.
Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehicle
could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting
in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air
bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere
with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules
in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free
to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of
a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the
supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front
seats.
2-42
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page57
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (57,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The
air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Front occupants could be seriously injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make
any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
l
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.
Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries
on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that
familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.
2-43
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page58
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (58,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:
l The air bag system with inflators and air bags.
l The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.
The air bags are mounted in the following locations:
l The steering wheel hub
l The front passenger dashboard
í
l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks
í
l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides
The air bags are out of sight until activated.
2-44
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page59
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (59,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qFront Air Bag System Components
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(6)
(10)
(9)
(5)
(8)
(7)
(6)
(1) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-47)
(2) Front seats
(3) Front dual stage inflators and air bags
(4) Front air bag sensor
(5) Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-47)
(6) Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-16)
(7) Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-47)
(8) Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
(9) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
(10) Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-47)
2-45
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page60
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (60,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qSide and Curtain Air Bag System Components í
4 Door
(2)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(2)
5 Door
(1)
(3)
(4)
(1) Side and curtain inflators and air bags
(2) Front seats
(3) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
(4) Side crash sensor
2-46
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
(1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page61
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (61,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work
qHow the Front Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bags
quickly deflate.
The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not work
again and must be replaced.
Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.
The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags may
differ between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,
front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensor
to the air bag system.
The front air bags will deploy only
in a frontal or frontal offset impact.
Driver seat slide position sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The sensor is also designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-56).
2-47
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page62
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (62,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger seat weight sensors
Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with a front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is also equipped (page 2-33). These sensors
are located under both of the front passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the
total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when:
l
l
There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)
The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66
lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
Without seat warmer
2-48
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
With seat warmer
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page63
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (63,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
If the front passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminates
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After a specified period of time it
goes out.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
OFF
OFF
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner
system
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and
front passenger seat
deactivation indicator light
side air bags
Empty (Not occupied)*
Less than approx. 30 kg
(66 lb)
Approx. 42 kg (93 lb) or
more
* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the
above chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an
accident.
2-49
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page64
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (64,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The front
passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition
and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.
Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated
weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying under
the following conditions, for example:
Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.
Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the
front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat
bottom.
Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,
grasping the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far.
Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66
lb) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).
2-50
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page65
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (65,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors
will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpected
deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately
30 kg (66 lb) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions, for
example:
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceeds
approximately 42 kg (93 lb).
CAUTION
Ø To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the
sensors in the front seat bottoms:
Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint
system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page
2-33).
2-51
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page66
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (66,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
l
l
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or
other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior
changes suddenly.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Driver and front passenger buckle switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.
qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Work í
When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the side
and curtain air bags quickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the front
passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat.
The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain air
bags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can
replace the systems.
The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the
side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
2-52
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page67
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (67,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation
NOTE
If the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front passenger seat is
less than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner may not deploy (page 2-47), but the curtain air bags may deploy.
Front air bag activation
l
Frontal impact within about a 30
degree range from head-on to the
vehicle.
l
Driving into a big hole or hitting the far
side of a hole.
The front air bags will inflate if the
severity of impact is above the designed
threshold level.
l Hitting a solid wall straight on at
greater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).
l
Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard
object.
Limitations to front air bag activation
l
Landing hard or the vehicle falling.
Depending on the severity of impact, the
front air bags may not inflate in the
following cases:
l Impacts involving trees or poles cause
severe cosmetic damage but may not
have enough stopping force to activate
the air bag.
2-53
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page68
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (68,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Rear-ending or running under a truck's
tail gate may not provide the stopping
force necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side
and curtain air bags but not the front air
bags.
Side and curtain air bag activation í
The severity of impact above the designed
threshold level to one side of the vehicle
(driver or passenger side areas) will cause
the side and curtain air bags on that side
to inflate, but it will not normally deploy
the front air bags.
Non-activation of front air bags
Front air bags will not normally inflate in
the following cases:
l Collision from the rear.
Limitations to side and curtain air bag
activation í
l
Impact to the side, but it may deploy
the side and curtain air bags.
2-54
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Depending on the severity of impact, the
side and curtain air bags may not inflate in
the following cases:
l Frontal offset impact may not provide
enough side impact to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page69
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (69,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
l
l
Side impacts involving trees or poles
can cause severe cosmetic damage but
may not have enough impact force to
activate the side and curtain air bags.
Vehicle roll-over may not provide
enough side force to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
Side impacts with two-wheeled
vehicles may not provide enough force
to deploy the side and curtain air bags.
Non-activation of side and curtain air
bag í
The side and curtain air bags will not
normally inflate in the following cases:
l Collision from the rear.
l
Collision from the front, but it may
deploy the front air bags.
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
SAS unit
Front air bag sensor
Air bag modules
Side crash sensors í
Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner
system warning light
Front seat belt pretensioners
Related wiring
Driver seat slide position sensor
Front passenger seat weight sensors
Driver and front passenger seat belt
buckle switches
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
2-55
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page70
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (70,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
The diagnostic module continuously
monitors the system's readiness. This
begins when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position and continues while
the vehicle is being driven.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly illuminates or
does not illuminate at all when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position. If any of these occur, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
2-56
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular
maintenance. But if any of the following
occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
l The air bag system warning light
flashes.
l The air bag system warning light
remains illuminated.
l The air bag system warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page71
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (71,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
l
l
The air bag system warning beep
sound will be heard.
The air bags have deployed.
Front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position or does not illuminate
as indicated in the chart. For more
details about this indicator light and
this chart, refer to “Front passenger
seat weight sensors” (page 2-47).
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged
air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat
belt pretensioner system components
must be replaced after any collision
which caused them to deploy or
damage them. Only a trained
Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully
evaluate these systems to see that
they will work in any subsequent
accident. Driving with an expended
or damaged air bag or pretensioner
unit will not afford you the necessary
protection in the event of any
subsequent accident which could
result in serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as
the front seats, front dashboard, the
steering wheel or parts on the front
and rear window pillars and along
the roof edge, containing air bag
parts or sensors is dangerous. These
parts contain essential air bag
components. The air bag could
accidentally activate and cause
serious injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer remove
these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a
vehicle with live air bags in it can be
extremely dangerous. Unless all
safety procedures are followed, injury
can result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of an air
bag or how to scrap an air bag
equipped vehicle.
2-57
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page72
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components
or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a
person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to
“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 9-2).
2-58
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (72,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page73
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
3
Black plate (73,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Doors and Locks ........................................................................... 3-2
Keys .......................................................................................... 3-2
Keyless Entry System í ............................................................ 3-3
Door Locks ............................................................................... 3-8
Liftgate (5 Door) ..................................................................... 3-11
Trunk Lid (4 Door) ................................................................. 3-14
Inside Trunk Release Lever (4 Door) ...................................... 3-16
Power Windows í ................................................................... 3-18
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-20
Hood ....................................................................................... 3-21
Moonroof í ............................................................................. 3-23
Security System ........................................................................... 3-25
Immobilizer System ................................................................ 3-25
Theft-Deterrent System í ........................................................ 3-27
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-29
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-29
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-29
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
3-1
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page74
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (74,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Type B
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move.
NOTE
l
l
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-25) for
information regarding keys and engine
starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-27)
for information regarding keys and the
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents
theft.
The keys operate all locks.
Type A
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
Write down the code number and keep it in a
separate safe and convenient place, but not in
the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have your code number
ready.
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
Retractable
type key
Key code number plate
3-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
To extend the key, press the release
button.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page75
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (75,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.
Keyless Entry System í
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and the liftgate.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter,
do not:
Ø Drop the transmitter.
Ø Get the transmitter wet.
Ø Disassemble the transmitter.
Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind
of magnetic field.
Ø Expose the transmitter to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system doesn't operate when the key is
in the ignition switch.
Doors and the liftgate cannot be locked by
pressing the lock button while any other
door or the liftgate is open. Also, the hazard
warning lights will not flash.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operation range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-5).
Additional transmitters can be obtained at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3
transmitters can be used with the keyless
entry system per vehicle. Bring all
transmitters to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer when additional transmitters are
required.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
3-3
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page76
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (76,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qTransmitter
NOTE
l
Integrated key type
Lock button
Unlock button
l
Operation
indicator light
Panic button
Non-key type
Lock button
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the lock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash once.
Unlock button
Panic button
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound.
NOTE
l
l
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors and the liftgate
are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will not flash.
The hazard warning lights only flash
when the theft deterrent system is armed
or turned off, refer to the theft-deterrent
system (page 3-27).
l
l
3-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page77
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (77,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
l
All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when any door or the liftgate is open and
the key is in the ignition switch.
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are
locked visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within 5 seconds.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors and the liftgate are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l The hazard warning lights will not flash.
l The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed or
turned off, refer to the theft-deterrent
system (page 3-27).
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if one
of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
qTransmitter Maintenance
CAUTION
Ø Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing
upward. Battery leakage could
occur if it is not installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also
be careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be
damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery.
Ø Integrated key type: CR1620 or
equivalent
Ø Non-key type: CR2025 or
equivalent
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire and/or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.
3-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page78
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (78,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Replacing the transmitter battery
Integrated key type
4. Press the portion of the battery
indicated by A and remove the battery.
1. Unfold the key (page 3-2).
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and push the tab to remove the key
from the transmitter.
Tab
A
NOTE
If it is difficult to remove the battery by
pressing with a finger, use a small screwdriver
to press out the battery.
3. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and gently pry open the transmitter.
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
7. Install the key to the transmitter.
3-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page79
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (79,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Non-key type
1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and gently pry open the transmitter.
3. Install a new battery (CR2025 or
equivalent) into the front portion of the
holder with the positive pole ( )
facing up. Press on the B portion of the
battery to set the battery.
Back cover
Slot
Back cover
B
Front
cover
2. Press the portion of the battery
indicated by A and remove the battery.
Front of
holder
4. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
qService
A
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
3-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page80
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (80,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended
in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In
hot weather, temperatures inside a
vehicle can become high enough to
cause brain damage or even death.
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident.
Always close all the windows, lock the
doors and take the key with you when
leaving your vehicle unattended:
(Except 4 Door)
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.
(4 Door)
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, or
become trapped by climbing into the
trunk, which could result in death.
Also, a vehicle left unlocked becomes
an easy target for thieves and
intruders.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
Unlock
Lock
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with a front
passenger door key slot, the door can be
locked/unlocked with the key.
3-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page81
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (81,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter í
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, push the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
Door-lock knob
(Lock position)
qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Knob
To lock any door from the inside, push the
door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it out.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
NOTE
When locking the doors this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
Lock
qPower Door Locks í
Vehicle lock-out prevention
Unlock
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, all doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with either
front door open.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
3-9
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page82
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (82,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked with the key. All doors and the
liftgate unlock when the driver's door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position for one second or longer.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when LOCK is pushed.
They all unlock when the unmarked part
of the door-lock switch is pushed.
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Lock
NOTE
Holding the key in the unlocked position in the
driver's door lock for about a second unlocks
all doors and the liftgate. To unlock only the
driver's door, insert the key into the driver's
door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock
position and then immediately return it to the
center position.
qRear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
If you insert the key and turn the child
safety lock to the lock position before
closing that door, the door cannot be
opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by lifting
the outside handle.
Unlock
Lock
3-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page83
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (83,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Liftgate (5 Door)
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
luggage compartment:
Allowing a person to ride in the
luggage compartment is dangerous.
The person in the luggage
compartment could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Switch
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-9).
qOpening and Closing the Liftgate
Opening the liftgate
Pull the handle and lift up the liftgate.
Do not drive with the liftgate open:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. An open liftgate in a
moving vehicle will cause exhaust
gas to be drawn into the cabin. This
gas contains CO (carbon monoxide),
which is colorless, odorless, and
highly poisonous, and it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could
cause occupants to fall out in an
accident.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
inserting the key into the driver's door key
slot, refer to Power Door Locks (page
3-9).
qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
3-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page84
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (84,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLuggage Compartment
NOTE
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a
malfunction in the electrical system and the
liftgate cannot be unlocked, perform the
following procedure as an emergency measure
to unlock it:
1. Remove the cap on the interior surface of
the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver.
Cap
2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock the
liftgate.
Lever
WARNING
Do not place anything on top of the
cover:
Placing luggage or other cargo on
top of the luggage compartment
cover is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, the cargo
could become a projectile that could
hit and injure someone. The vehicle
has a light weight luggage
compartment cover to keep the
contents of your luggage area out of
sight; it will not retain heavy objects
that are not tied down in an accident
such as a rollover. Tie down all heavy
objects, whether luggage or cargo,
using the tie down hooks.
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
CAUTION
After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Closing the liftgate
Use both hands to push the liftgate down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is
securely latched.
3-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Make sure the luggage compartment
cover is firmly secured. If it is not
firmly secured, it could unexpectedly
disengage resulting in injury.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page85
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (85,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Luggage compartment cover strap
The luggage compartment can be
accessed by opening the liftgate when the
straps are attached to the sides of the
liftgate.
Strap
CAUTION
To prevent cargo from shifting while
driving or during sudden
deceleration, be careful of the
following:
Ø Do not open the luggage
compartment cover while the
vehicle is moving.
Ø Do not overload the luggage
compartment so that the cover
cannot be closed.
Ø Do not allow cargo to interfere
with the luggage compartment
cover latch.
This cover can be removed for more
room. To do this, just unfasten the straps;
then lift and pull it out.
Luggage compartment cover
The luggage compartment can be
accessed by opening the luggage
compartment cover from the inside of the
vehicle.
Latch
Latch
3-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page86
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (86,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Trunk Lid (4 Door)
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
trunk:
Allowing a person to ride in the trunk
is dangerous. In addition, the person
in the trunk could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Keep the trunk closed when driving:
Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a
vehicle through an open trunk is
dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is
colorless, odorless, and highly
poisonous. If inhaled, it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid
WARNING
Close the trunk lid, lock the rear
seatbacks and do not allow children to
play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by locking rear
seats, doors and the trunk, and
keeping the keys where children can
not play with them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car, the rear
folding seats or the trunk unlocked.
CAUTION
For vehicles equipped with a rear
spoiler, do not lift the trunk lid by the
spoiler. Lifting up the trunk lid by the
rear spoiler could cause damage to
the rear spoiler and the trunk lid.
3-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page87
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (87,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening the trunk lid with the key
Insert the key into the slot and turn it
clockwise.
qTrunk Security
In some situations you may want to
prevent the trunk from being opened with
the remote trunk lid release lever.
Give your key only to someone you trust.
Open
To secure the trunk lid, lock the rear
seatbacks (page 2-8), push the trunk lock
lever up, and close the trunk.
To cancel the security feature, insert the
key into the lock, turn the key clockwise,
and pull the trunk lock lever down.
Opening the trunk lid with the remote
release lever
Unlock
Pull up the release lever next to the
driver's seat.
Lock
Trunk lock lever
qTrunk Light
Release lever
The trunk light is on when the lid is open
and off when it's closed.
Closing the trunk lid
Use both hands to push the trunk lid down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is
secure.
3-15
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page88
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (88,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the trunk open for a long period
when the engine is not running.
Inside Trunk Release
Lever (4 Door)
Your vehicle is equipped with an inside
trunk release handle that provides a means
of escape for children and adults in the
event they become locked inside the
trunk.
No matter how careful adults might be
with keys and locking their cars, parents
should be aware that children may be
tempted to play around vehicles and use
the trunk as a hiding place.
Adults are advised to familiarize
themselves with the operation and
location of the inside release handle so
that all children can be told about it in an
appropriate way, keeping in mind that
most vehicles don't have such handles.
3-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page89
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (89,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
WARNING
Close the trunk lid, lock the rear
seatbacks and do not allow children to
play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
qOpening the Trunk Lid from the
Inside
Slide the inside trunk release lever in the
direction of the arrow. The lever is made
of material that will glow for hours in the
darkness of the trunk following a brief
exposure to ambient light.
The inside trunk release lever is located
on the inside of the trunk lid.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by locking rear
seats, doors and the trunk, and
keeping the keys where children can
not play with them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car, the rear
folding seats or the trunk unlocked.
3-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page90
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (90,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Power Windows í
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Always lock all passenger power
windows with the power window lock
switch on the driver's side while
children are in the vehicle, and never
allow children to play with power
window switches:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power
windows unintentionally which could
result in serious injury if a child's
hands, head or neck becomes caught
by the window.
CAUTION
To prevent burning out the fuse and
damaging the power window system,
do not open or close more than three
windows at once.
3-18
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
qOperating the Driver's Side
Power Window
Manual opening/closing
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
Driver's window
Close
Open
Auto-opening
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down.
To stop the window partway, lightly pull
up the switch and then release it.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page91
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (91,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOperating the Passenger Power
Windows
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
The passenger windows may be opened or
closed by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
qPower Window Lock Switch
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position, all power windows on each door
can be operated.
With the lock switch in the locked
position, only the driver's side power
window can be operated.
Locked position
Left rear window
Unlocked position
Front passenger's
window
Right rear window
Power window lock switch
To open the window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
Close
WARNING
Unless a passenger needs to operate a
power window, keep the power window
lock switch in the locked position:
Unintentional power window
operation is dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or neck could be caught
by the window and result in serious
injury.
Open
3-19
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page92
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (92,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel cap, loosen the
cap slightly and wait for any hissing to
stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
if ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel cap is removed too
quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel
filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda
fuel cap or an approved equivalent,
available at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel and
emission control systems. It may also
cause the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
3-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
qFuel-Filler Lid
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
4 Door
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
5 Door
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page93
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (93,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the filler cap, turn it clockwise
until two or more clicks are heard.
Close
Open
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and
securely locked is dangerous as it
could fly open while the vehicle is
moving and block the driver's vision
which could result in a serious
accident.
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
CAUTION
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is
tightened securely. The check engine
light may illuminate when the cap
isn't tightened securely. If the light
remains on (even after you have
tightened the cap securely, driven,
and restarted the engine several
times), it may indicate a different
problem. Contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
3-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page94
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (94,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. (Type A)
Insert your hand into the hood opening
and slide the hood latch to the left and
lift the hood.
(Type B)
Insert your hand into the hood opening
and slide the hood latch to the right and
lift the hood.
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area indicated by the arrow.
Clip
Pad
Type A
Support rod
4. Secure the support rod in the stay hole
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood
open.
With
turbocharger
Type B
Without
turbocharger
qClosing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
3-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page95
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (95,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Moonroof í
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Slide switch
qTilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
push the rear of the tilt switch.
To stop tilting partway, push any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
To close to the desired position, push the
front of the tilt or slide switch.
Tilt switch
WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or
extend part of the body through the
open moonroof while the vehicle is
moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
serious injury or death.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a
person ―especially a child― could
be caught in it as it closes, causing
serious injury or even death.
Tilt up
Close
Close
qSlide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
push the rear of the slide switch.
To stop sliding partway, push any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
NOTE
After washing your Mazda or after it rains,
wipe the water off the moonroof before
operating it to avoid water penetration which
could cause rust and water damage to your
headliner.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
3-23
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page96
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To close to the desired position, push the
front of the tilt or slide switch.
Open
Close
Close
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
CAUTION
The sunshade does not tilt. To avoid
damaging the sunshade, do not push
up on it.
3-24
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (96,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page97
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (97,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
CAUTION
When starting the engine do not
allow the following, as the engine
may not start due to the electronic
signal from the ignition key not being
transmitted correctly.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.
CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
Ø Spare keys or keys for other
vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the key grip.
Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage touch or come
near the key.
3-25
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page98
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (98,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
l
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC
position.
The security indicator light in the
instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds
until the system is disarmed.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
3-26
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
l
l
If the security indicator light comes on and
stays on when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the engine will not start.
Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,
then reinsert it and try starting the engine
again. If it doesn't start after 3 or more
tries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, don't
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you
shut off the engine while the light is
flashing you won't be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the keys
are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page99
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (99,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qMaintenance
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
l
l
The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your safety,
obtaining replacement key requires some
waiting time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.
If a key is lost, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
Theft-Deterrent System í
If the theft deterrent system detects an
inappropriate entry into the vehicle, which
could result in the vehicle or its contents
being stolen, the alarm alerts the
surrounding area of an abnormality by
sounding the horn and flashing the hazard
warning lights.
Refer to Operation on page 3-27.
NOTE
l
l
The theft-deterrent system operates with the
key or the keyless entry system transmitter.
The system will not function unless it is
properly armed. To properly secure the
vehicle, always make sure all windows are
completely closed and all doors and the
trunk lid/liftgate are locked before leaving
the vehicle. Remember to take your key and
transmitter.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
qOperation
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 3
minutes when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
l Forcing open a door, the hood or the
trunk lid/liftgate.
l Unlocking a door with the door lock
switch.
l Opening a door by operating an inside
door-lock knob.
l Opening the hood by operating the
hood release handle.
l Opening the trunk lid by operating the
trunk lid release lever.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door or the
trunk lid is unlocked with the key or with
the transmitter.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
System triggering conditions
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
3-27
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page100
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (100,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qHow to Arm the System
NOTE
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
2. Make sure the hood is closed. Close
and lock all doors and the liftgate/trunk
lid from the outside using the key. If
you have the keyless entry system,
press the lock button on the transmitter.
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
Close the hood and the liftgate/trunk
lid . Press the area on the door-lock
switch marked “LOCK” once. Close all
doors.
NOTE
Locking the doors with the inside door-lock
knob will not arm the system.
qTo Turn off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door or the trunk lid with the
key.
l Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
qTo Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door or the trunk lid with the
key.
l Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
3-28
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
A label indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is
in the glove box.
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the
lower rear corner of a front door window.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page101
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (101,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.
qSteering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lock
release lever under the steering
column.
Lock release lever
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears.
Power mirror
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
To adjust:
1. Move the selector switch to the left or
right to choose the left or right side
mirror.
2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust the
steering column length to the desired
positions, push the lever up to lock the
column.
3. Push the wheel up and down to be
certain it's locked before driving.
3-29
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page102
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (102,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Selector switch
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle.
Outside mirror
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by moving the selector switch to the
middle position.
Manual control mirror
To adjust, move the mirror's control lever,
just inside the door.
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.
Mirror defroster í
To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position and
push the rear window defroster switch
(page 5-58).
Control lever
qRearview Mirror
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
3-30
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page103
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (103,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Type A
Push the lever forward for day driving.
Pull it back to reduce glare from
headlights.
Day/Night lever
Day
Night
Type B
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.
Reducing glare from headlights
Adjust the mirror with the day/night lever
in the day position.
3-31
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page104
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
3-32
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (104,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page105
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
4
Black plate (105,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................
Fuel Requirements ....................................................................
Emission Control System ..........................................................
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) .........................................
4-2
4-2
4-4
4-5
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-6
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-6
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-6
Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-7
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-7
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-7
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-8
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-9
Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-9
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-11
Overloading ............................................................................. 4-11
Turbocharger Information í .................................................... 4-12
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-13
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-13
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
4-1
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page106
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (106,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
2.3-liter turbocharger engine
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Premium unleaded fuel
Octane Rating* (Anti-knock index)
91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
This vehicle is designed for and requires use of premium unleaded fuel. If 91 octane fuel [
(R+M)/2 method] (96RON) is not available, gasoline as low as 87 octane [ (R+M)/2
method] (91RON) can be used temporarily for emergency purposes. Use of gasoline lower
than 91 octane [ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) can decrease performance during its use.
Refueling the vehicle with the correct octane fuel a couple of times will restore vehicle
performance.
Except 2.3-liter turbocharger engine
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Regular unleaded fuel
Octane Rating* (Anti-knock index)
87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead
to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol
by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of
any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those
specified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
4-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page107
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (107,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page108
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (108,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and
could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst
inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will
damage the converter and cause poor performance.
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Ø Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Ø Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.
Ø Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
Ø Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.
Ø Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by a qualified technician.
Ø Don't push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before
the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification
made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
NOTE
While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear of the right
side of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking
device and it operates while the engine is off.
4-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page109
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (109,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss
of consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed
and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or
even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The
exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.
Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.
4-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page110
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (110,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,
washer fluid, and other fluid levels should be
inspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.
4-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
After Getting In
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
l Check all gauges.
l Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
l Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
l
l
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page111
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (111,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
l Don't race the engine.
l Don't maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
l Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm for extended periods
of time.
l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
l Avoid full-throttle starts.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l Avoid fast starts.
l Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l Slow down on rough roads.
l Keep the tires properly inflated.
l Don't carry unnecessary weight.
l Don't rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going
down a hill is dangerous. This causes
the loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause
damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of
steering or braking control could
cause an accident.
4-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page112
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (112,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
l Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
l Avoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
l If your vehicle is not equipped with
ABS, brake with the pedal by using a
light up-down motion. Do not hold the
pedal down constantly.
If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,
do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) on page 5-7.
l If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
4-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
l
For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the front wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page113
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (113,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is
dangerous. The spinning tire could
overheat and explode. This could
cause serious injuries.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and
tire damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.
Winter Driving
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag
of sand or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-21.
l Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
l Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but don't use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-27).
l Don't use the parking brake in freezing
weather as the parking brake may
freeze. Instead, shift to P with an
automatic transaxle and to 1 or R with
a manual transaxle. Block the rear
wheels.
l
qSnow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.
4-9
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page114
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (114,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four
wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result
in an accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tires with
steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page
5-30).
qTire Chains
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
CAUTION
Ø Chains may affect handling.
Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Ø Do not use chains on a temporary
spare tire; it may result in damage
to the vehicle and to the tire.
Ø Do not use chains on roads that
are free of snow or ice. The tires
and chains could be damaged.
Ø Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels.
4-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tire chains.
Install the chains on the front tires.
Do not use chains on the rear tires.
Use only genuine Mazda tire chains.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Installing the chains
1. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2
―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page115
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (115,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident
or vehicle damage. You can estimate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (or people) before putting
them in the vehicle.
Do not drive the vehicle on flooded
roads as it could cause short
circuiting of electrical/electronic
parts, or engine damage or stalling
from water absorption. If the vehicle
has been immersed in water, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
4-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page116
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (116,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Turbocharger Information í
The turbocharger greatly enhances engine power. Its advanced design provides improved
operation and requires minimum additional maintenance. To get maximum performance
from your turbocharged engine, take note of the following tips:
l The turbocharged engine is designed for optimal operation with premium unleaded
gasoline (page 4-2). Do not use fuel with a lower octane rating. Extra fuel additives are
NOT recommended.
l Change the engine oil and filter using the turbo engine interval outlined in the
maintenance schedule (for your driving condition).
l Use only the recommended engine oil (page 8-18). Extra oil additives are NOT
recommended.
l After driving at freeway speeds or up a long hill, idle the engine at least 30 seconds to
cool the turbo before turning off the engine. Avoid simply shutting the engine off
abruptly after a hard or long drive. Damage to the turbocharger may result.
l Don't race or over-rev the engine when starting. This should not be done with ANY
engine, especially not with one that's turbocharged.
l Do not add any aftermarket devices to alter the engine's ignition timing, fuel delivery, or
turbo boost pressure. This may lead to serious engine damage and may void your
warranty.
4-12
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page117
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:4 PM
Black plate (117,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Trailer Towing
The Mazda3 is not designed for towing.
Never tow a trailer with your Mazda3.
4-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page118
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
4-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (118,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page119
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
5
Black plate (119,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5
Manual Transaxle Operation ..................................................... 5-9
Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-12
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-18
Cruise Control í ...................................................................... 5-19
Traction Control System (TCS) í ........................................... 5-23
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) í ........................................ 5-24
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í ......................................... 5-26
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-32
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-32
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-37
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-37
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-49
Switches and Controls ................................................................
Lighting Control .....................................................................
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...............................................
Fog Lights í ............................................................................
Windshield Wipers and Washer ..............................................
Rear Window Wiper and Washer (5 Door) .............................
Rear Window Defroster ...........................................................
Horn ........................................................................................
Hazard Warning Flasher ..........................................................
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-50
5-50
5-53
5-54
5-54
5-58
5-58
5-59
5-60
5-1
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page120
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (120,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
qIgnition Switch Positions
Automatic transaxle
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, the shift lever must be in
the P position.
Shift lever
engaged in P
(park)
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
Manual transaxle
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, push the button when the
key is at the ACC position, then turn the
key to the LOCK position.
Button
Push the
button
5-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page121
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (121,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked:
Removing the key from the ignition
switch while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Removing the key allows
the steering wheel to lock. You will
lose steering control and a serious
accident could occur.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key to LOCK position, set the
parking brake and make sure the shift
lever is in P with an automatic
transaxle or in 1 or R with a manual
transaxle:
Intentionally placing the key into
LOCK position is much more
important where you will not be
removing the key to leave the vehicle
and because leaving it in other
positions will disable some of the
vehicle security systems and run the
battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transaxle or in 1 or R with
a manual transaxle is dangerous.
Unexpected vehicle movement could
occur. This could cause an accident.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-37).
NOTE
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This
does not indicate an abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked after the
engine is started (page 5-37).
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering
wheel from side to side.
Leaving the key or start knob in any position
but LOCK position also disables some of the
security features and may run the battery
down.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
5-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page122
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (122,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Starting the Engine
Don't try the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls
or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Standard requirements
regulating the impulse electrical field strength
of radio noise.
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
NOTE
l
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. (Manual transaxle)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transaxle)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
(Manual transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal
is not depressed all the way.
(Automatic transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
5-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
l
In extremely cold weather, below _18 °C
(0 °F), or after the vehicle has not been
driven in several days, let the engine warm
up without operating the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page123
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (123,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Brake System
qFoot Brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long
distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in
longer stopping distances or even
total brake failure. This could cause
loss of vehicle control and a serious
accident. Avoid continuous
application of the brakes.
Dry brakes that have become wet by
driving very slowly and applying the
brakes lightly until brake performance
is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
5-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page124
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (124,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qParking Brake
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key to LOCK position, set the
parking brake and make sure the shift
lever is in P with an automatic
transaxle or in 1 or R with a manual
transaxle:
Intentionally placing the key into
LOCK position is much more
important where you will not be
removing the key to leave the vehicle
and because leaving it in other
positions will disable some of the
vehicle security systems and run the
battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transaxle or in 1 or R with
a manual transaxle is dangerous.
Unexpected vehicle movement could
occur. This could cause an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on
will cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving
(page 4-9) regarding parking brake use.
5-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and then firmly
pull the parking brake lever fully upwards
with a greater amount of force than is
required so that the vehicle holds in the
stationary position.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and pull the
parking brake lever upwards, then press
the release button. While holding the
button, lower the parking brake lever all
the way down to the released position.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page125
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (125,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qBrake System Warning Light
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-23).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS) í
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Don't
pump the brakes, continue to press down
on the brake pedal.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes out have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-7
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page126
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (126,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
NOTE
l
l
Braking distances may be longer on loose
surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)
which usually have a hard foundation. A
vehicle with a normal braking system may
require less distance to stop under these
conditions because the tires will build up a
wedge of surface layer when the wheels
skid.
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle.
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
qABS Warning Light í
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
5-8
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light comes on. This is due to a weak
battery, not a malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning í
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light
on at the same time. The problem is likely
to be the electronic brake force
distribution system.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page127
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (127,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated at the same time is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
qBrake Assist í
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
Manual Transaxle Operation
qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern
5-speed transaxle
Neutral position
6-speed transaxle
Neutral position
The vehicle is equipped with either a 5speed or 6-speed manual transaxle. The
shift pattern for each is shown above.
Depress the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
(5-speed transaxle)
A safety feature prevents accidental
shifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shift
lever must be put in neutral before being
shifted to R.
NOTE
l
l
l
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel
softer but the brakes will apply more firmly.
This is a normal effect of the brake assist
operation and does not indicate an
abnormality.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, a clicking noise
from the brake booster may be heard. This
is a normal effect of the brake assist and
does not indicate an abnormality.
The brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the vehicle's
main braking system.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-9
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page128
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (128,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
(6-speed transaxle)
Vehicles with 6-speed transaxle are
equipped with a device to prevent shifting
to R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shift
lever downward and shift to R.
CAUTION
Ø Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
except when shifting gears. Also,
don't use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is
still moving may damage the
transaxle.
NOTE
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R
position and set the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move
and cause an accident.
5-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into
neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try
again.
qRecommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend these shift
points.
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
5-speed transaxle
21 km/h (13 mph)
39 km/h (24 mph)
55 km/h (34 mph)
79 km/h (49 mph)
―
6-speed transaxle
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
73 km/h (45 mph)
81 km/h (50 mph)
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
5-speed transaxle
18 km/h (11 mph)
29 km/h (18 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
68 km/h (42 mph)
―
6-speed transaxle
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
73 km/h (45 mph)
81 km/h (50 mph)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page129
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (129,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
5-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page130
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (130,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ON position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
NOTE
This Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transaxle - giving the driver
the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even if you
intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be aware
that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as
you change speeds. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm
you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-14).
5-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page131
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (131,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTransaxle Ranges
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is
dangerous. If P fails to hold, the
vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Ø Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage
your transaxle.
Ø Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-9).
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle,
do not shift from N or P into a driving
gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine
is running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake
pedal before moving the shift lever from N to
prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 4-gear/5-gear* sequence.
* 2.3-liter engine model
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-14).
5-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page132
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (132,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qShift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
4. Take the vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the system
checked.
qManual Shift Mode
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transaxle vehicle by operating the
shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the front wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.
NOTE
l
l
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
LOCK position, the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P.
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed unless the
shift lever is in P.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
qShift-Lock Override
If the shift lever won't move from P using
the proper shift procedure, continue to
hold down the pedal.
1. Remove the shift-lock override cover
with a screwdriver.
2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
NOTE
l
l
l
3. Move the shift lever.
5-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
If you change to manual shift mode when
the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to
M1.
If you shift up once when the vehicle is
stopped and the gear is at M1, the gear will
shift to M2. M2 is helpful for starting on
slippery surfaces.
(2.3-liter engine model)
If you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 5th gear, the gear will
shift to M4.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page133
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (133,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Indicators
Shifting
Shift position indicator
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Manually Shifting up
(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5*)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.
* 2.3-liter engine model
Gear position indicator
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
Gear position indicator
Shift position
indicator
NOTE
l
NOTE
l
l
If the gears cannot be shifted down when
driving at higher speeds, the gear position
indicator will flash twice to signal that the
gears cannot be shifted down.
If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)
temperature becomes too high, there is the
possibility that the transaxle will switch to
automatic shift mode, canceling manual
shift mode and turning off the gear position
indicator illumination. This is a normal
function to protect the AT. After the ATF
temperature has decreased, the gear
position indicator illumination turns back
on and driving in manual shift mode is
restored.
l
l
When driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up depending on vehicle speed.
In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up
automatically. Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If the
tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE,
you may feel engine-braking because the
fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the
engine. However, this does not indicate an
abnormality.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
5-15
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page134
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (134,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Manually Shifting down
(M5*→M4→M3→M2→M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.
* 2.3-liter engine model
NOTE
l
l
l
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R
position and set the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move
and cause an accident.
When driving at high speeds, the gear may
not shift down depending on vehicle speed.
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
Second gear fixed mode
When the shift lever is tapped back ( )
while the vehicle is stopped or driven at
the following speeds, the transaxle is set
in the second gear fixed mode.
2.0-liter engine model:
14 km/h (8 mph) or less
2.3-liter engine model:
20 km/h (12 mph) or less
The gear is fixed in second while in this
mode for easier starting and driving on
slippery roads. If the shift lever is tapped
back ( ) or forward ( ) while in the
second gear fixed mode, the mode will be
canceled.
Shifting specification (2.0-liter engine
model)
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
Gear
M1→M2
M2→M3
M3→M4
5-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Vehicle speed
You can shift up to M2 whether
the vehicle is stopped or moving.
20 km/h (12 mph)
40 km/h (24 mph)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page135
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (135,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted down to a lower gear.
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted down to a lower gear.
Gear
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
Gear
M5→M4
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
Vehicle speed
180 km/h (112 mph)
119 km/h (74 mph)
47 km/h (30 mph)
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
Gear
Vehicle speed
M4→M3
36 km/h (22 mph)
M3 or M2→M1 12 km/h (7 mph)
NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear fixed
mode.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M4→M3
M3→M2
Vehicle speed
170 km/h (105 mph)
72 km/h (44 mph)
Shifting specification (2.3-liter engine
model)
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
M1→M2
M2→M3
M3→M4
M4→M5
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
Gear
Vehicle speed
M5 or M4→M3 30 km/h (18 mph)
M3 or M2→M1 10 km/h (6 mph)
NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear fixed
mode.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M5→M4
M4→M3
M3→M2
Vehicle speed
182 km/h (113 mph)
133 km/h (82 mph)
48 km/h (30 mph)
Recommendations for shifting
Shifting up
Gear
Vehicle speed
191 km/h (118 mph)
137 km/h (85 mph)
89 km/h (55 mph)
44 km/h (27 mph)
Vehicle speed
You can shift up to M2 whether
the vehicle is stopped or
moving.
20 km/h (12 mph)
Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, we
recommend these shift points.
(2.0-liter engine model)
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
33 km/h (21 mph)
5-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page136
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (136,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
(2.3-liter engine model)
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
73 km/h (45 mph)
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
qDriving Tips
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Power Steering
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power
steering system.
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light í
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
5-18
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page137
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (137,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the light stays illuminated after the
engine is started or illuminates while
driving, turn off the engine after parking
in a safe place, and then start the engine
again.
If the light does not illuminate after
restarting the engine, this indicates that
the power steering is restored and normal
steering is possible.
If the light remains illuminated, the power
steering is still inoperable. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
The power steering system is inoperable when
the power steering malfunction indicator light
illuminates. Steering is possible, but requires
more physical effort.
Cruise Control í
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the
following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous
and could result in loss of vehicle
control.
Ø Hilly terrain
Ø Steep inclines
Ø Heavy or unsteady traffic
Ø Slippery or winding roads
Ø Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and
the cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-19
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page138
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (138,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON/OFF
switch.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
3. Press the SET/COAST button and
release it at the speed you want.
Release the accelerator at the same
time.
To deactivate the system, press the switch
again.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
Don't continue to hold in the button. Until
you release it, speed will continue to drop
(unless you continue to accelerate) and
you'll miss the desired speed.
NOTE
WARNING
Keep the ON/OFF switch off when
cruise control is not in use:
Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when
not using the cruise control is
dangerous as you may hit one of the
other buttons and put the vehicle in
cruise control unexpectedly. This
could result in loss of vehicle control.
qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON/OFF switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
5-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
l
l
l
The SET function can't be activated until
about 2 seconds after the ON/OFF switch
has been engaged.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down going up or speed
up while going down.
Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speed
drops below 25 km/h (16 mph) when cruise
is activated, such as when climbing a steep
grade.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page139
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (139,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press the RES/ACCEL button and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the button at the speed you want.
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed.
Press the SET/COAST button and release
it immediately.
NOTE
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the RES/ACCEL
button. Multiple taps will increase your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on. Greater speed
will not interfere with or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to return to
the set speed.
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press the SET/COAST button and hold it.
The vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the button at the speed you want.
5-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page140
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (140,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the SET/COAST
button. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
l
Press the CANCEL button.
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
If some other method besides the ON/
OFF switch was used to cancel cruising
speed (such as applying the brake pedal)
and the system is still activated, the most
recent set speed will automatically resume
when the RES/ACCEL button is pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) and press the RES/
ACCEL button.
qTo Cancel
To cancel the system, use one of these
methods:
l Press the ON/OFF switch.
l Slightly depress the brake pedal.
l Depress the clutch pedal (Manual
transaxle only).
5-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
The system is off when the ignition is off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9
mph) below the preset speed (such as may
happen when climbing a long, steep grade) or
below 25 km/h (16 mph).
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page141
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (141,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Traction Control System
(TCS) í
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and braking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
l
In addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.
Use snow tires or tire chains on the
front wheels only and drive at reduced
speeds when roads are covered with ice
and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident.
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch
(page 5-25).
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-23
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page142
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (142,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC) í
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces, or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page
5-23).
DSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).
WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
CAUTION
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
Ø Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Ø Use tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Ø Do not mix worn tires.
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
when tire chains are used or a
temporary spare tire is installed
because the tire diameter changes.
NOTE
After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, a clicking sound may be heard behind
the dashboard. This sound is the result of the
DSC system self-check operation and does not
indicate an abnormality.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-24
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page143
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (143,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qDSC OFF Indicator Light
NOTE
l
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-25).
l
l
When DSC is on and you attempt to free the
vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of
freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of the
DSC system) will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine power
and freeing the vehicle may be difficult.
When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.
If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates when
the ignition switch is turned on.
Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide the
best stability.
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
qDSC OFF Switch
To turn off the TCS/DSC, press and hold
the DSC OFF switch until the DSC OFF
indicator light illuminates.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS/
DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator
light will go out.
5-25
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page144
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (144,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.
When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning light
may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tire
pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tire
pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
5-26
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page145
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (145,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Ø Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold
and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those
tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one
or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a
problem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or
blow out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-27
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page146
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (146,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again, an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-28
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page147
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (147,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-8).
NOTE
l
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may go
out if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to go out. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it goes out.
Tires can loose a little air quite naturally
over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the
tires are getting too soft over time or you
have a flat. However, when you find one
low tire in a set of four - that is an
indication of trouble; you should have
someone drive the vehicle slowly forward
so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and
any metal sticking through tread or
sidewall. Put a few drops of water in the
valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a
bad valve. Leaks need to be addressed by
more than simply refilling the trouble tire as
leaks are dangerous - take it to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the
equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems and
order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
5-29
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page148
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (148,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-8).
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSystem Error Activation
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
l When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
l When a large metallic object (e.g. a
large electric household appliance or a
desk-top computer) is placed on the
right side of the rear seat, which may
block radio signals from the tire
pressure sensor to the receiver unit.
l When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
l When excess snow or ice adheres to
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
l
l
5-30
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
l
l
l
l
When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
When using tire chains.
qTires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire
air pressures, do not apply excessive
force to the stem part of the wheel
unit. The stem part could be
damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can work.
The easiest way to do it is to have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and
complete ID signal code registration.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
Tire pressure sensor ID signal code
registration is completed when an
Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your
vehicle's tires.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page149
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (149,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position, then
turn it back to the ACC or LOCK
position.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
l The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
l The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
l A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
NOTE
l
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes
of changing tires, the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light will flash because the
sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for
about 15 minutes, after which the sensor ID
signal code will register upon driving the
vehicle for 10 minutes.
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire pressure
sensor is purchased. For purchase of a tire
pressure sensor and registration of the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace the
grommet (seal between valve body/sensor
and wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
Ø When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
5-31
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page150
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (150,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
(Black-out meter)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.
Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-33
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-33
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-34
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-34
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-35
Instrument Cluster Dimmer Select Button (Black-out meter) ............................ page 5-35
5-32
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page151
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (151,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
Trip meter A
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
Odometer
Press the selector
Selector
Trip meter B
Odometer
Press the selector
Trip meter
NOTE
Odometer
l
(Standard meter)
The odometer and trip meter can be
displayed as follows even when the ignition
switch is in the ACC or LOCK position.
Displays for 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is turned to the ACC or
LOCK position from the ON position.
Displays for 10 minutes after the
driver's door is opened.
(Black-out meter)
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
LOCK position, the odometer or trip meters
cannot be displayed, however, pressing the
selector button can inadvertently switch the
trip meters or reset them during an
approximate ten-minute period in the
following cases:
After the ignition switch is turned to the
ACC or LOCK position from the ON
position.
After the driver's door is opened.
l
l
l
l
l
5-33
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page152
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (152,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
qTachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for more than 1
second. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
Red zone
With turbocharger
Without turbocharger
CAUTION
Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
NOTE
l
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
The trip record will be erased when:
The power supply is interrupted (blown
fuse or the battery is disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
(mile).
l
l
If the needle is near H, it indicates
overheating.
5-34
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page153
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (153,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine
can cause serious engine damage
(page 7-14).
qDashboard Illumination
When the exterior lights are on, rotate the
thumb-wheel to adjust the brightness of
the dashboard lights.
qFuel Gauge
Bright
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is in the tank. We recommend
keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the
low fuel warning light illuminates or
when the needle is near E, refuel as soon
as possible.
Dim
NOTE
Low fuel
warning light
NOTE
The direction of the arrow (
) shown next to
the low fuel warning light indicates that the
fuel-filler lid is on the right side of the vehicle.
Black-out meter
When the instrument cluster dimmer is
canceled, the instrument cluster illumination
intensity will not change by rotating the
thumb-wheel.
Refer to Instrument Cluster Dimmer Select
Button on page 5-35.
qInstrument Cluster Dimmer
Select Button (Black-out meter)
The instrument cluster dimmer select
button is operable when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
Instrument cluster dimmer select button
5-35
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page154
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Adjusting the instrument cluster
illumination intensity (With exterior
lights off)
When the exterior lights are off, the
instrument cluster illumination can be
adjusted to one of five levels by
successively pressing the instrument
cluster dimmer select button.
Canceling the instrument cluster
illumination dimmer (With exterior
lights on)
When the exterior lights are on, the
instrument cluster illumination dims.
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster's visibility is reduced due to glare
from surrounding brightness, the
instrument cluster dimmer select button
increases the illumination intensity.
Press the button to increase the intensity
of the instrument cluster illumination.
Press the button again to return to the
previous illumination intensity.
5-36
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (154,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page155
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (155,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Brake System Warning Light
5-39
Charging System Warning Light
5-40
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
5-40
Check Engine Light
5-41
ABS Warning Light
5-39
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
5-41
Low Fuel Warning Light
5-42
5-37
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page156
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (156,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
5-42
Door-Ajar Warning Light
5-43
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
5-43
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light
5-44
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
5-44
Security Indicator Light
5-46
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
5-46
Shift Position Indicator Light
5-46
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
5-47
DSC OFF Indicator Light
5-47
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
5-47
Light-On Indicator Light
5-47
Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light
5-48
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-48
5-38
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page157
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (157,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qBrake System Warning Light
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
qABS Warning Light í
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-23).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes out have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-39
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page158
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (158,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qCharging System Warning Light
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light comes on. This is due to a weak
battery, not a malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning í
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light
on at the same time. The problem is likely
to be the electronic brake force
distribution system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated at the same time is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
5-40
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.
qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page159
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (159,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes
for the oil to drain back into the oil
pan.
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-20).
If it's low, add oil.
4. Start the engine and check the warning
light.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, stop the engine immediately
and have your vehicle towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
The check engine light may come on in
the following cases:
l The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
l The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l The emission control system has a
problem.
l The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
Don't run the engine if oil pressure is
low. It could result in extensive
engine damage.
qCheck Engine Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If this light comes on while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light came on and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly illuminates or
does not illuminate at all when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position. If any of these occur, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
5-41
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page160
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (160,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
qLow Fuel Warning Light
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
Belt minder
Low fuel
warning light
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep
NOTE
The belt minder can be deactivated. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and
restore the seat belt minder.
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
5-42
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page161
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (161,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
NOTE
l
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
This warning light comes on when any
door or liftgate isn't securely closed.
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light í
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-27).
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-43
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page162
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (162,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The light illuminates when the transaxle
has a problem.
CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning
light illuminates, the transaxle has
an electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light í
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
5-44
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again, an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page163
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (163,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-8).
NOTE
l
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may go
out if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to go out. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it goes out.
Tires can loose a little air quite naturally
over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the
tires are getting too soft over time or you
have a flat. However, when you find one
low tire in a set of four - that is an
indication of trouble; you should have
someone drive the vehicle slowly forward
so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and
any metal sticking through tread or
sidewall. Put a few drops of water in the
valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a
bad valve. Leaks need to be addressed by
more than simply refilling the trouble tire as
leaks are dangerous - take it to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the
equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems and
order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
5-45
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page164
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (164,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-8).
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSecurity Indicator Light
This light indicates one of two things:
l The high-beam headlights are on.
l The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.
qShift Position Indicator Light
(Automatic Transaxle)
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
from the ON to the ACC position and the
immobilizer system is armed.
The light stops flashing when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes out.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-46
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Gear position indicator
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page165
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (165,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Gear position indicator
When the shift lever is in the D or M
position, the numeral for the selected gear
displays.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green) í
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light í
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and
the cruise control system is activated.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
qLight-On Indicator Light (Blackout meter)
qDSC OFF Indicator Light í
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-25).
This indicator light comes on when the
exterior lights and dashboard illumination
are on.
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-47
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page166
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (166,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light í
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-53).
If the light stays illuminated after the
engine is started or illuminates while
driving, turn off the engine after parking
in a safe place, and then start the engine
again.
If the light does not illuminate after
restarting the engine, this indicates that
the power steering is restored and normal
steering is possible.
If the light remains illuminated, the power
steering is still inoperable. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-60).
NOTE
The power steering system is inoperable when
the power steering malfunction indicator light
illuminates. Steering is possible, but requires
more physical effort.
5-48
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated (does
not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page167
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (167,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Beep Sounds
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in both the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
and the warning light, a warning beep
sound will be heard for about 1 minute.
After that, the one-minute beep will be
repeated every 30 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep í
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-26).
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and
the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep sound
will be heard again for a specified period
of time.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on
page 5-42.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-49
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page168
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (168,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Type B (With AUTO position)
Lighting Control
qHeadlights
Type A (Without AUTO position)
Turn the headlight switch to turn the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off.
Switch Position
Turn the headlight switch to turn the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off.
Switch Position
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard illumination
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, don't leave
the lights on while the engine is off unless
safety requires them.
5-50
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker
lights
Dashboard
illumination
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On
Auto
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, don't leave
the lights on while the engine is off unless
safety requires them.
AUTO (Auto-light control)
When the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position and the ignition switch is
in the ON position, the light sensor senses
the surrounding lightness or darkness and
automatically turns on or off the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination (see chart above).
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page169
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (169,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CAUTION
NOTE
l
Ø Do not shade the light sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the light
sensor will not operate correctly.
Light sensor
l
Ø The light sensor also works as a
rain sensor for the auto-wiper
control. Keep hands and scrapers
clear of the windshield when the
ignition switch is in the ON
position as fingers pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when they activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely - this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow - when it is
particularly tempting to leave the
engine running.
l
The light may not turn off immediately even
if the surrounding area becomes well-lit
because the light sensor determines that it
is nighttime if the surrounding area is
continuously dark for several minutes such
as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside
tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
In this case, the light turns off if the light
switch is turned to the OFF position. (If the
light switch is turned to the AUTO position
again after turning it to the OFF position,
the light turns on/off depending on the
surrounding brightness.)
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position and the ignition switch is turned to
the ACC or LOCK position, the headlights,
other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination will turn off.
The timing for turning on the headlights,
other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination can be delayed by adjusting
the sensitivity of the light sensor. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensor
adjustment.
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs í
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights
have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a
bright white beam over a wide area.
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-51
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page170
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (170,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qFlashing the Headlights
NOTE
If the headlights flicker, or the brightness
weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a
replacement is necessary. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
toward you. The headlight switch does
not need to be on, and the lever will return
to the normal position when released.
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
Push the lever forward for high beam.
Pull back to original position for low
beam.
High beam
qHeadlight Leveling í
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
Low beam
The headlight leveling switch adjusts this
angle.
Select the proper setting from the
following chart.
5-52
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page171
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (171,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Without turbocharger
Front seat
Driver Passenger
×
―
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
―
Rear
seat
Load
Switch
Position
―
―
×
×
―
―
―
―
×
×
0
0
1
2
3
×: Yes
―: No
With turbocharger
Front seat
Driver Passenger
×
―
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
―
Rear
seat
Load
Switch
Position
―
―
×
×
―
―
―
―
×
×
0
0
1
1
2
×: Yes
―: No
qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
NOTE
The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the
parking brake is applied.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
qTurn Signal
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
Right turn
Right lane
change
OFF
Left lane
change
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without flashing
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out.
5-53
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page172
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (172,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fog Lights í
The fog lights help you to see as well as
to be seen.
The headlights must be turned on to turn
on the front fog lights.
To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the
position.
fog light switch to the
Fog light switch
To turn the front fog lights off, rotate the
fog light switch to the OFF position or
turn the headlights off.
l
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
(With auto-light control)
If the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the front fog lights can be turned
on when the headlights, the exterior lights
and dashboard illumination are on.
5-54
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Do not use the washer without first
warming the windshield and never use
plain tap water:
Using windshield washer fluid
without anti-freeze protection in
freezing temperatures is dangerous.
The washer fluid could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision. You
could have an accident.
NOTE
NOTE
l
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper
blades, the wiper motor is protected from
motor breakdown, overheating and possible
fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the blades, but
only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and
park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow
and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the
blades should operate normally. If they don't
resume functioning, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to
the side of the road and park off the right-ofway. Wait until the weather clears before trying
to drive with the wipers inoperative.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page173
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (173,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qWindshield Wipers
Type B (With AUTO position)
Type A (With INT position)
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
INT ― Intermittent
1 ― Low speed
2 ― High speed
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
up to
.
― Mist
Variable-speed intermittent wipers í
Set the lever to INT and choose the
interval timing by rotating the ring.
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
AUTO ― Auto control
1 ― Low speed
2 ― High speed
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
up to
.
― Mist
AUTO (Auto-wiper control)
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position, the rain sensor senses the
amount of rainfall on the windshield and
turns the wiper on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
INT ring
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5-55
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page174
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (174,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), turn
the switch towards (+) for higher
sensitivity (faster response) or turn the
switch towards (_) for less sensitivity
(slower response).
Less sensitivity
Switch
Center
position
Higher sensitivity
CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the rain sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the rain
sensor will not operate correctly.
Rain sensor
5-56
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the
wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the ignition
switch is in the ON position as
fingers pinched or the wipers and
wiper blades damaged when they
activate automatically. If you are
going to clean the windshield, be
sure the wipers are turned off
completely - this is particularly
important when clearing ice and
snow - when it is particularly
tempting to leave the engine
running.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page175
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (175,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
l
l
l
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is about
_10 °C(14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C
(185 °F) or higher.
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to
sense the amount of rainfall correctly and
auto-wiper control may not operate
properly.
If dirt or foreign matter (e.g. ice or matter
containing salt water) adheres to the
windshield above the rain sensor or if the
windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers
to move automatically. However, if the
wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or
foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will
stop operation. In this case, pull the wiper
lever to the 1 or 2 position for manual
operation, or remove the ice, dirt or foreign
matter by hand to restore the auto-wiper
operation.
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-27). If it's OK, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qWindshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
OFF
Washer
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (Type
A)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers will
operate continuously until the lever is
released.
5-57
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page176
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (176,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer (5 Door)
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
qRear Window Wiper
Rear Window Defroster
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 10―15
minutes and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 10―15 minutes has elapsed,
press the switch again.
Manual Type Air-Conditioning
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
ON ― Normal
INT ― Intermittent
qRear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
washer switch to the
position. After
the switch is released, the washer will
stop.
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-27). If it's OK and the
washer still doesn't work, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-58
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Indicator light
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page177
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (177,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning
Indicator light
Horn
To sound the horn, press the
the steering wheel.
mark on
CAUTION
Don't use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for melting snow.
If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the defroster.
5-59
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page178
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Hazard warning flasher
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
l
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
5-60
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (178,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page179
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
6
Black plate (179,1)
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2
Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2
Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3
Types of the Climate Control System ....................................... 6-5
Manual Type í .......................................................................... 6-6
Fully Automatic Type í .......................................................... 6-10
Audio System ...............................................................................
Antenna ...................................................................................
Operating Tips for Audio System ...........................................
Audio Set ................................................................................
Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel) í .............
Auxiliary Input ........................................................................
Safety Certification .................................................................
6-15
6-15
6-16
6-27
6-44
6-46
6-49
Interior Equipment .....................................................................
Sunvisors .................................................................................
Interior Lights .........................................................................
Information Display ................................................................
Lighter .....................................................................................
Ashtray ....................................................................................
Cup Holder ..............................................................................
Bottle Holder ...........................................................................
Storage Compartments ............................................................
Accessory Sockets í ................................................................
6-50
6-50
6-50
6-53
6-58
6-58
6-59
6-60
6-60
6-64
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6-1
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page180
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (180,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Operating Tips
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the fan control dial on for a long
period of time with the ignition switch in the
ACC position when the engine is not running.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in
the cowl grille to improve the system
efficiency.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along with the
heater to dehumidify the air.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
qParking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page181
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (181,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation
Center vents
Side vents
qAdjusting the Vents
Center Vents
Directing airflow
To adjust the direction of airflow, move
the adjustment knob.
Side Vents
To adjust the direction of airflow, open the
vents and rotate them left and right.
Knob
Push
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come
out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble
but a result of humid air being suddenly
cooled.
6-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page182
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (182,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Floor Vents
6-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page183
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (183,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Types of the Climate Control System
Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.
Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.
Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6
Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................ page 6-10
6-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page184
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (184,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Manual Type í
Mode selector dial
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
Air intake selector
A/C switch
Some models.
qControl Switches
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
Cold
Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
6-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page185
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (185,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector dial
NOTE
l
l
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
NOTE
l
l
If you want to slightly adjust the airflow
amount, set the mode selector dial at
.
For example, when the mode selector dial is
at the
position between the
and
positions, airflow from the floor vent is less
than that of the
position.
A/C switch
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F).
(U.S.A., Canada)
When the mode is set to
or
with the
fan control dial in a position other than 0
and the temperature control dial in the
maximum cold position, the air intake
selector switches to the recirculated air
mode and the A/C turns on.
If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch
to turn it off.
Air intake selector
í
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
Press the
switch to alternate
between the outside air and recirculated
air modes.
Push the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan
control dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Push the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air mode.
Outside air mode (indicator light
turned off)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this mode for normal ventilation and
heating.
Recirculated air mode (indicator light
illuminated)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6-7
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page186
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (186,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
This mode can be used when driving on a
dusty road or in similar conditions. It also
helps to provide quicker cooling of the
interior.
WARNING
Do not use the recirculated air mode in
cold or rainy weather:
Using the recirculated air mode in
cold or rainy weather is dangerous as
it will cause the windows to fog up.
Your vision will be hampered, which
could lead to a serious accident.
qHeating
qCooling (With Air Conditioner)
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
CAUTION
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy
traffic, closely monitor the
temperature gauge (page 5-34).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner
off (page 7-14).
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
If the windshield fogs up easily, set the
position.
mode selector dial to the
If cooler air is desired at face level, set the
mode selector dial at the
position and
adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
In the
,
, or
position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate) and the outside air mode is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield.
In the
or
position, the outside air
mode cannot be changed to the recirculated
air mode.
6-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
l
l
l
When maximum cooling is desired, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme cold
position and set the air intake selector to
the recirculated air mode, then set the fan
control dial to position 4.
If warmer air is desired at floor level, set
the mode selector dial at the
position
and adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page187
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (187,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qVentilation
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air mode.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
WARNING
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position:
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident. Set the temperature control
to the hot or warm position when
using the
position.
NOTE
l
l
l
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme hot
position and the fan control dial to position
4.
If warm air is desired at the floor, set the
position.
mode selector dial to the
In the
,
, or
position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate) and the outside air mode is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield.
In the
or
position, the outside air
mode cannot be changed to the recirculated
air mode.
qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air mode.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
NOTE
One of the functions of the air conditioner is
dehumidifying the air and, to use this function,
the temperature does not have to be set to cold.
Therefore, set the temperature control dial to
the desired position (hot or cold) and turn on
the air conditioner when you want to
dehumidify the cabin air.
6-9
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page188
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (188,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Fully Automatic Type í
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.
Mode selector switch
Temperature control dial
Fan control dial
Windshield
defroster switch
OFF switch
Auto switch
AMB (Ambient
Temperature) switch
A/C switch
Air intake selector
qControl Switches
AUTO switch
l
l
Outside/Recirculated air selection
Air conditioner operation
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
l When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and
the system will function automatically.
l When off, it indicates the operation of other
switches such as the mode selector switch,
fan control dial, A/C switch and windshield
defroster switch. Other functions will
continue to operate automatically.
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the set
temperature:
l Airflow temperature
l Amount of airflow
l Selection of airflow mode
6-10
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page189
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (189,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
OFF switch
Mode selector switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-4).
Temperature control dial
NOTE
With the airflow mode set to
position and
the temperature control dial set at a medium
temperature, heated air is directed to the feet
and a comparably lower air temperature will
flow through the central, left and right vents.
Cold
Hot
A/C switch
This dial controls temperature.Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
Fan control dial
Slow
Fast
With the AUTO or fan control dial ON,
press the A/C switch to select the air
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying
functions) on or off.
NOTE
The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.
The air conditioner may not function when the
outside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
(Indicator remains on even when system is off.)
6-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page190
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (190,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Air intake selector
Press the AMB switch to display the
ambient temperature.
NOTE
l
l
Outside or recirculated air positions can
be selected. Press the switch to select
outside/recirculated air positions.
The displayed ambient temperature may
vary from the actual ambient temperature
depending on the surrounding area and
vehicle conditions.
Press the AMB switch again to switch the
display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
Windshield defroster switch
Recirculated air position (indicator
light illuminated)
Use this position when going through
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high
engine exhaust areas) or when quick
cooling is desired.
Outside air position (indicator light
turned off)
Use this position for normal conditions
and defogging.
WARNING
Do not use the
position in cold or
rainy weather:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.
AMB (Ambient Temperature) switch
6-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page191
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (191,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
Cold
Hot
To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
NOTE
l
l
Setting the temperature to maximum high
or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
When selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
WARNING
Set the temperature control to the hot
or warm position when defogging (
position):
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident.
NOTE
Use the temperature control dial to increase
the air flow temperature and defog the
windshield more quickly.
qSunlight/Temperature Sensor
The fully automatic air conditioner
function measures inside and outside
temperatures, and sunlight. It then sets
temperatures inside the passenger
compartment accordingly.
CAUTION
Do not obstruct either sensor,
otherwise the automatic air
conditioner will not operate properly.
Sunlight sensor
Press the windshield defroster switch.
In this position, the
position is
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turns on. The
air conditioner will directly dehumidify
the air to the front windshield and side
windows (page 6-4). Airflow amount will
be increased.
6-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page192
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Interior temperature sensor
6-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (192,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page193
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (193,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
qDetachable Type
NOTE
When leaving your vehicle unattended, we
recommend that you remove the antenna and
store it inside the vehicle.
To remove the antenna, turn it
counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
Make sure the antenna is securely
installed.
Type A
Install
Remove
Type B
Install
Remove
CAUTION
Ø To prevent damage to the
antenna, remove it before entering
a car wash facility or passing
beneath a low overhead clearance.
Ø Be careful around the antenna
when removing snow from the
roof. Otherwise the antenna could
be damaged.
6-15
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page194
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (194,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Operating Tips for Audio
System
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
For the purposes of safe driving,
adjust the audio volume to a level
that allows you to hear sounds
outside of the vehicle.
NOTE
l
l
Do not use the audio for long periods of
time while the engine is off. Otherwise the
battery could go dead.
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used in
or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to
occur from the audio system, however, this
does not indicate that the system has been
damaged.
6-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Ionosphere
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page195
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (195,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
Ionosphere
FM wave
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
AM wave
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page196
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (196,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 1
88.1 MHz
qOperating Tips for Cassette Tape
Player
Cleaning the cassette tape player
The tape head, capstans, and pinch rollers
will gather oxide residue from cassette
tapes. This can cause weak or wavering
sounds and damage to the cassette tapes
and player. Use a good quality headcleaning tape or a liquid cleaner cassette
tape to remove it.
Should the unit not operate normally,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Never attempt to repair it or insert a
screwdriver or anything else.
Handling the cassette tape player
The following precautions should be
observed.
l Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
Station 2
88.3 MHz
l
6-18
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Do not insert any objects, other than
cassette tape, into the slot.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page197
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (197,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
If the cassette tape is loose, it may
produce poor sound or performance
during playback. Use a pencil or
something similar to remove any slack.
Only cassette tapes that play no longer
than 90 minutes should be used.
Cassette tape exceeding 90 minutes are
thin and may easily break.
Do not leave a cassette tape in the tape
player slot when not in use. Remove it
completely to permit the slot door to
close and to protect the mechanism
from dust.
Store cassette tapes away from extreme
heat, magnetic fields, and direct
sunlight. Protect the exposed cassette
tape from dirt and damage. Store
cassette tapes in their original cases or
other protective cases.
qOperating Tips for CD Player/InDash CD Changer
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/In-dash CD changer may
become clouded with condensation. At
this time, the CD will eject immediately
when placed in the unit. A clouded CD
can be corrected simply by wiping it with
a soft cloth. Clouded optical components
will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait
for normal operation to return before
attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
6-19
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page198
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (198,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.
l
l
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/In-dash CD changer will not
play the CD. In addition, the disc may
not eject resulting in a malfunction.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer has
been designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown. No other
discs can be played.
Use discs that have been legitimately
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
If the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.
Transparent
l
6-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page199
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (199,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CD Player
l
l
In-dash CD Changer
l
l
l
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
l
l
l
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
l
l
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
CD TEXT textual information cannot
be displayed by audio units other than
the In-dash CD changer (MP3
compatible type only). (Only playback
is possible.)
The following player can play MP3
files recorded in CD-ROM, CD-R, and
CD-RW.
· In-dash CD changer (MP3
compatible type only)
The CD player/In-dash CD changer
ejects the CD if the CD is inserted
upside down. Also dirty and/or
defective CDs may be ejected.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the
CD player.
The In-dash CD changer is specially
made for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the
In-dash CD changer (MP3 compatible
type only) if an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter
is used.
If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is not
used, the In-dash CD changer (MP3
compatible type only) may be
damaged. Always use a CD adapter.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played in
the In-dash CD changer (MP3 noncompatible type only) even if an 8 cm
(3 in) CD adapter is used.
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/In-dash CD changer.
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
6-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page200
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (200,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Handling the In-dash CD changer
l This unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
l CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
l This unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
l It is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
l The period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.
l Completely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
l Do not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
6-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
qOperating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e. revenuegenerating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.
An independent license for such use is
required. For details, please visit http://
www.mp3licensing.com.
l
This audio system handles MP3 files
that have been recorded on CD-R/CDRW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
ISO 9660 level 1
ISO 9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
This unit handles MP3 files
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
This unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 40
sessions.
This unit can play MP3s with sampling
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
kHz.
This unit can play MP3 files that have
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page201
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (201,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
Packet written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
This unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.
About folders and files
l The order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
File number
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder in the order of
hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder number
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder in the order
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.
l
l
Folder
No.
01
02
04
3
03
2
05
4
06
5
1
Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4
l
l
The folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
Any folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
6-23
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page202
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (202,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
l
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
This unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
A single disc with up to 512 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
The maximum number of characters
that can be used for file names is as
follows. However, this unit will only
display up to 30 characters, including
the file extension (.mp3).
ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
Joliet extended
format
Romeo extended
format
Maximum number of
characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”
and the three letters of the
file extension)
12*
31*
64
128
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and
underbar “_” are available.
CAUTION
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
6-24
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
About ID3 Tag display
l This unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
l This unit can only display English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. Use only English (including
numerals) one-byte characters when
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters
and some special symbols cannot be
displayed.
Specialized glossary
MP3
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by an ISO
(International Organization for
Standardization) MPEG working group.
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CDRW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page203
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (203,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.
Bit rate
Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.
Packet writing
A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.
ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
compression with preference given to
sound quality.
6-25
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page204
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
MEMO
6-26
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (204,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page205
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (205,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
l
l
Audio information is displayed on the information display.
There are two types of In-dash CD changers. Check which In-dash CD changer your
vehicle is equipped with.
In-Dash CD Changer (non-MP3 compatible)
CD Player
In-dash CD Changer (MP3 compatible)
Cassette Tape Player
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-28
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-30
Operating the Cassette Tape Player ........................................................................ page 6-34
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-36
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-38
Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-42
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-43
6-27
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page206
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (206,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume dial
Audio control dial
Power ON/OFF
Audio sound adjustment
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
6-28
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page207
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (207,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
The following four modes are available.
Select the desired mode.
Mode
Volume change
Select mode
No change
Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
Minimum
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
12Hr
(Flashing)
24Hr
(Flashing)
Medium
Maximum
Turn the audio control dial to select ALC
OFF or ALC LEVEL1―3 modes. The
selected mode will be indicated.
NOTE
About 5 seconds after selecting any mode, the
volume function will be automatically selected.
To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press
the audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unit
will beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.
BEEP setting
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
The automatic level control is a feature
that automatically adjusts audio volume
and sound quality according to the vehicle
speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
ILLM EFT setting (Illumination setting
during operation)
The audio system illumination during
operation can be set on or off.
Time adjustment
Rotating the audio control dial switches
the display between 12 and 24-hour clock
time(page 6-54).
6-29
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page208
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (208,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Band selector buttons
Scan button
Satellite button
Seek
tuning
buttons
Channel
preset
buttons
Manual tuning button/Auto memory
button/Electric serial number button
Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
Tuning
) to
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
) switches the bands as
button (
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will go out.
6-30
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be canceled.
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page209
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (209,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the button,
the frequency will continue changing without
stopping.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
button (
) again during this interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard. The preset channel number and
station frequency will be displayed.
The station is now held in the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be canceled.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
sound is heard; the system will
automatically scan and temporarily store
up to 6 stations with the strongest
frequencies in each selected band in that
area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the autostored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.
SATELLITE RADIO (SAT)
Vehicles equipped with the separately
purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio
unit have the ability to receive up to 100
channels of digital quality programming
coast to coast via satellite. For information
on use, read the Satellite Radio Kit
manual accompanying the SIRIUS digital
satellite radio unit. A subscription to
SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is
required (available in the U.S. - Except
Alaska and Hawaii) to enable this feature
once the separately purchased SIRIUS
digital satellite radio unit has been
installed. For subscription information or
digital satellite radio technical issues
contact SIRIUS directly at:
- Web: www.siriusradio.com
- Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week): 888539-SIRI (7474)
- E-mail: customercare@sirius-radio.com
- Mailing Address: Sirius Satellite Radio
6-31
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page210
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
1221 Avenue Of The Americas
New York, NY 10020
Attention: Customer Care
Include your Sirius Radio ESN
(Electronic Serial Number) when
subscribing or requesting technical
assistance. See the Satellite Radio Kit
manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit
for complete satellite radio activation
procedures and information on how to
display the ESN#.
6-32
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (210,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page211
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (211,1)
MEMO
6-33
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page212
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (212,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Cassette Tape Player í
Repeat button
Cassette tape play button
APC button:
(next program)
Fast-forward
button
(one being
played)
Rewind
button
Program button
Cassette tape slot
Dolby NR button
Cassette tape eject button
Cassette tape insert
Dolby noise reduction
Insert the cassette tape into the slot, open
edge to the right and cassette tape will
begin play, and “TAPE PLAY” will be
displayed. At the end of the cassette tape,
the unit automatically reverses cassette
tape play. When
is lit, the cassette
tape's top side is playing. When
is lit,
the bottom side is on.
When using a tape with Dolby NR*, push
the Dolby NR button ( ). The
symbol will be displayed. To play a tape
without Dolby NR, push the button once
again.
Playing
Press the cassette tape play button
(
) to start play when a cassette tape
is in the unit. If there isn't a cassette tape
in the unit when the cassette tape play
button (
) is pressed, “NO TAPE”
will flash on and off.
* Noise reduction system manufactured
under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Ejecting the cassette tape
Press the cassette tape eject button (
eject the cassette tape.
NOTE
The cassette tape can be ejected when the
ignition switch is in the OFF position.
6-34
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
) to
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page213
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (213,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Fast-forward/Rewind
) to
Press the fast-forward button (
fast-forward.
Press the rewind button (
) to rewind.
To stop this operation and play the
cassette tape, press the button again.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection playing will be
repeated (“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat play.
NOTE
RPT may not operate properly if:
l A tape was recorded at a low level.
l A tape has long, silent intervals.
l A tape is a live recording.
l A tape has very short intervals of less than
3 seconds.
When the cassette tape ends during fastforward or rewind, it automatically stops and
starts playing.
Reversing
NOTE
Press the program button (
) to
change cassette tape-play direction.
NOTE
When the cassette tape ends, the unit
automatically reverses play.
Automatic program control (APC)
APC is used to find the beginning of
either the next program or the one being
played.
Press the APC button ( ) to the
beginning of the next selection.
Press the APC button ( ) to the
beginning of the one being played. To
stop this operation and play the cassette
tape, press the button again.
NOTE
APC may not operate properly if:
l A tape was recorded at a low level.
l A tape has long, silent intervals.
l A tape is a live recording.
l A tape has very short intervals of less than
3 seconds.
Repeat play
This operation makes it possible to listen
to a selection repeatedly.
6-35
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page214
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:5 PM
Black plate (214,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player í
Scan button
Load button
CD slot
CD play button
Repeat button
CD eject button
Track up
button
Track down
button
Random button
Fast-forward button
Reverse button
Type
Playable data
Music CD player
· Music data (CD-DA)
(non-MP3 compatible)
Inserting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play. There will be a short
lapse before play begins while the player
reads the digital signals on the CD.
Ejecting the CD
Press the CD eject button (
CD.
) to eject the
Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
6-36
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
When the load button (
) is pressed, the
CD will load and play even if the CD eject
button ( ) had been previously pressed.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page215
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (215,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
) during
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during
playback. The current selection will be
repeated (“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat playback.
Random playback
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
playback. The next selection will be
randomly selected (“RDM” will be
displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random playback.
Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
6-37
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page216
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (216,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer í
Music CD player (non-MP3 compatible)
Channel preset buttons
Music CD/MP3 CD player (MP3 compatible) CD play button CD eject button
Repeat button
Load button
CD slot
Track up
button
Disc
up/Folder
up button
Track down
button
Disc
down/Folder
down button
Display feed
dial
Scan button
Random button
Display button
There are two types of In-dash CD
changers. Check which In-dash CD
changer your vehicle is equipped with.
Type
Playable data
Music CD player
· Music data (CD-DA)
(non-MP3 compatible)
Music CD/MP3 CD
· Music data (CD-DA)
player
· MP3 file
(MP3 compatible)
NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3 files, playback of the two file types differs
depending on how the disc was recorded.
6-38
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Fast-forward button
Reverse button
Inserting the CD
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play. There will
be a short lapse before play begins while
the player reads the digital signals on the
CD.
The disc number and the track number
will be displayed.
NOTE
The CD will begin playback automatically
after insertion.
A CD cannot be inserted while the display
reads “WAIT”. A beeping sound can be heard
during this waiting time. Simultaneously
pressing the power/volume dial and the load
button (
) for about 2 seconds will turn
this beeping sound ON or OFF.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page217
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (217,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Normal insertion
1. Press the load button (
Ejecting the CD
).
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number while “WAIT” is
displayed.
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray
number if the number is already occupied.
Multiple insertion
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
Normal ejection
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and “DISC OUT” will be
displayed.
2. Pull out the CD.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the next
CD will be played automatically.
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC OUT” display flashes.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number for less than 5
seconds after the beep sound is heard.
3. Pull out the CD.
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
Multiple ejection
3. When “IN” is displayed again, insert
the next CD.
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC OUT” display flashes.
NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds
after “IN” is displayed.
l The CD trays are full.
2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again
for less than 5 seconds after the beep
sound is heard.
NOTE
Displaying the CD-inserted tray
number
If the button is not pressed and about 5
seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” is
flashing, CDs are automatically ejected.
When you want to know the number for a
CD-inserted tray, press the display button
(
). The tray number will be displayed
for 5 seconds.
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
6-39
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page218
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (218,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
l
l
l
CDs will be ejected starting with the one
with the lowest number.
All CDs in the tray will be ejected
continuously.
CDs can be ejected when the ignition
switch is off. Press and hold the CD eject
button ( ) for about 2 seconds and all
CDs will eject.
Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Folder search (during MP3 CD
playback)
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button (
) for less than
1.5 seconds, or press the folder up button
(
) for less than 1.5 seconds to
advance to the next folder.
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
) during
Press the scan button (
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
During music CD playback
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
Disc search
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
During music CD playback
During MP3 CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
(
or
) during playback.
(Track repeat)
During MP3 CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
(
or
) for 1.5 seconds or
more during playback.
6-40
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page219
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (219,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
(Folder repeat)
Music CD
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“RPT” is displayed.
Track number/Elapsed
time display
Disc tray number
File name display
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Album name display
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
Artist name display
During music CD playback
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the CD
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
MP3 CD
Disc number/File
number/Elapsed
time display
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
Disc tray number
During MP3 CD playback
(Folder random)
Folder number/Track
number
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
File name
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Folder name
Album name (ID3 Tag)
(CD random)
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks on the CD randomly. “RDM” is
displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
Switching the display (MP3 compatible
type)
Each time the display button (
) is
pressed during playback, the display will
switch in the following order.
Song name (ID3 Tag)
Artist name (ID3 Tag)
NOTE
(MP3 CD)
This unit can only read English (including
numerals) one-byte characters. Depending on
the CD writing software used, proper display
may not be possible.
6-41
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page220
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Display scroll (MP3 compatible type)
Only 12 characters can be displayed at
one time. To display the rest of the
characters of a long title, turn the display
feed dial (
) to the right. Hidden
titles can be scrolled into the display one
character at a time.
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters, including
the file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32
characters, it may not be fully displayed.
Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
qOperating the Auxiliary jack
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers, refer to
Auxiliary Input (page 6-46).
6-42
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (220,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page221
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (221,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
CD is inserted upside down
CHECK CD
CD is defective
Solution
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
6-43
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page222
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (222,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Control Switch
Operation (Steering Wheel) í
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press the volume
button ( ).
To decrease the volume, press the volume
button ( ).
NOTE
Because the audio unit will be turned off under
the following conditions, the switches will be
inoperable.
l When the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
l When the power button on the audio unit is
pressed and the audio unit is turned off.
l When a cassette tape/CD being played is
ejected. (For the In-dash CD changer, when
all CDs are ejected.)
qChanging the Source
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>
AM radio> CD player or CD changer>
Cassette tape player> SIRIUS1>
SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> AUX> cyclical).
NOTE
Mazda has installed this system to prevent
distraction while driving the vehicle and using
audio controls on the dashboard.
Always make safe driving your first priority.
6-44
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page223
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (223,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
Cassette tape, CD, CD changer and SIRIUS
digital satellite radio modes cannot be selected
in the following cases:
l A cassette deck, CD, CD changer, or
SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is not
equipped on the audio system.
l A cassette tape, or CD has not been
inserted.
Connect a portable audio unit or similar
product on the market to the auxiliary jack to
listen to music or audio over the vehicle's
speakers. Change the audio source to AUX
mode (page 6-46).
qSeek Switch
When playing a cassette tape
Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it
will advance to the next selection.
Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it
will repeat the selection being played.
When playing a CD
Press the seek switch (
next track.
Press the seek switch (
current track.
) to skip to the
) to repeat the
qMute Switch
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
NOTE
If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position with the audio muted, the mute will be
canceled.
Therefore, when the engine is restarted, the
audio is not muted. To mute the audio again,
press the mute switch ( ).
When listening to the radio
Press the seek switch ( , ), the radio
switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
Press the seek switch ( , ) for about 2
seconds until a beep sound is heard to
seek all usable stations at a higher or
lower frequency whether programmed or
not.
6-45
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page224
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (224,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Auxiliary Input
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers.
NOTE
l
l
Auxiliary jack
l
l
l
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit
or a similar product while driving the
vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or
a similar product while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
Before using the auxiliary jack, read the
manufacturer's instructions for the product
being connected.
Use a commercially-available, nonimpedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug for
connecting the portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliary
jack, read the manufacture's instructions
for connecting a portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
Noise may occur depending on the product
connected to the auxiliary jack.
If a power supply from the portable audio
unit is needed, use the unit's batteries.
Using the power socket equipped on the
vehicle may cause noise depending on the
unit connected to the power supply socket.
Connecting the auxiliary jack
When placing portable audio units or
similar products in the tray while
connected to the auxiliary jack, pass the
connection plug cord through the slot in
the cap.
Cap slot, closed
CAUTION
Close the cover when the auxiliary
jack is not in use to prevent foreign
objects and liquids from getting into
the auxiliary jack.
Cap slot, opened
1. Open the lid by pulling the upper
release catch.
2. Remove the tray mat.
6-46
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page225
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (225,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
3. Using a coin, turn the cap
counterclockwise (about 45° from the
closed position) and remove it.
NOTE
Do NOT discard the cap.
WARNING
Do not allow the connection plug cord
to get tangled with the parking brake
or the shift lever:
Allowing the plug cord to become
tangled with the parking brake or
the shift lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting
in an accident.
CAUTION
Do not place objects or apply force to
the auxiliary jack with the plug
connected.
NOTE
l
4. Open the tray by pulling the lower
release catch.
5. Pass the connection plug cord through
the hole of the tray and insert the plug
in the auxiliary jack.
Plug
l
l
Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack
securely.
Insert or remove the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
6. Make sure the connection plug cord is
running through the cap slot; reinstall
the cap and turn it clockwise (about
45° to the opened position).
Connection plug
cord
6-47
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page226
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (226,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
7. Pass the connection plug cord through
the slit in the tray mat and then set the
tray mat in place.
NOTE
l
l
To operate the portable audio unit
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
) of
3. Press the MEDIA button (
the audio unit or the mode switch
(
) of the audio control switch to
change to the AUX mode.
6-48
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Set the volume of the portable audio unit to
the maximum within the range that the
sound does not become distorted, then
adjust the volume using the power/volume
dial of the audio unit or the volume button
( ,
) of the audio control switch.
If the connection plug is pulled out from the
auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise
may occur.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page227
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (227,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
Ø This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
service personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD
player with the top case of the unit removed.
Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.
6-49
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page228
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (228,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
qVanity Mirrors í
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
Interior Lights
qIlluminated Entry System í
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position) turns on for:
l About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position (with
the ignition key removed).
l About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
l About 15 seconds after the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position (with
the ignition key removed) with all
doors closed.
The light also turns off when:
l The ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and all doors are closed.
l The driver's door is locked.
NOTE
Battery saver
If any door is left opened, the light goes out
after about 30 minutes to save the battery.
The light turns on again when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position, or when
any door is opened after all doors have been
closed.
6-50
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page229
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (229,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qOverhead Lights í
Front
Switch
Position
Rear Overhead Lights
Light off
Light is on when any door is open
(With illuminated entry system)
Light is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Light on
qMap Lights í
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
Switch
Position
Front Overhead Lights
Switches
Light off
l
l
Light is on when any door is
open
(With illuminated entry system)
Light is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Rear
qLuggage Compartment Light (5
Door)
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6-51
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page230
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Switch
Position
Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light on when the liftgate is open
6-52
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (230,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page231
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (231,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Information Display
Trip computer/Clock
Audio display
Climate control display/Ambient
temperature display
With trip computer
Without trip computer
qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
l Clock
í
l Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)
l Climate Control Display (Fully Automatic Type)
l Audio Display
í
l Trip Computer
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6-53
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page232
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (232,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qClock
NOTE
l
NOTE
When the trip computer is displayed, press the
CLOCK button to change the display to the
time.
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, the time is displayed.
l
When the:00 button is pressed, the seconds
are reset to 00.
Trip computer-equipped vehicles do not
have a reset function.
Switching between 12 and 24-hour
clock time
1. Press the audio control dial several
times until 12Hr and 24Hr clock time
are displayed.
2. Turn the audio control dial in either
direction, select the desired clock
setting, and press the audio control
dial. Press the dial while the preferred
clock time is flashing.
qAmbient Temperature Display í
Time setting
1. Press the CLOCK button until the beep
sounds and the displayed time flashes.
2. Press the H button to set the hour.
3. Press the M button to set the minutes,
then press the CLOCK button.
Time resetting
1. Press the CLOCK button until the beep
sounds and the displayed time flashes.
2. Press the:00 button. When the button is
pressed, the beep sounds and the clock
resets as follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
6-54
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
With fully automatic type air
conditioner
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, press the AMB switch (page
6-10) on the air conditioner control panel
to display the ambient temperature.
Press the AMB switch again to switch the
display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page233
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (233,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Without fully automatic type air
conditioner
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the ambient temperature is
displayed.
qAudio Display
The audio system status is displayed. To
operate the audio system, refer to
“Audio System” (page 6-15).
qTrip Computer í
NOTE
l
Under the following conditions, the ambient
temperature display may differ from the
actual ambient temperature depending on
the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
Sudden changes in ambient temperature.
The vehicle is parked.
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
Press the Power/volume switch and MEDIA
button (page 6-28) simultaneously for 5
seconds or more to switch the display from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.
The trip computer can display the
following:
l The current fuel economy.
l The average fuel economy.
l The approximate distance you can
travel on the available fuel.
l The average vehicle speed.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the INFO switch to change the
display mode.
NOTE
When the time is being displayed, press the
INFO switch to change the display to the trip
computer.
l
l
l
l
l
qClimate Control Display (Fully
Automatic Type)
The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of
fuel consumption and the distance
traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
CUR will be displayed.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6-55
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page234
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (234,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
CANADA
CANADA
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), —— L/100 km (——mpg) will be
displayed.
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1 second.
After pressing the INFO switch, —— L/
100 km (—— mpg) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the fuel
consumption and the distance traveled
since connecting the battery or resetting
the data.
Average fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every minute.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
AV will be displayed.
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every minutes.
When this mode is selected, REMNG will
be displayed.
6-56
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page235
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (235,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
U.S.A.
Average vehicle speed will be calculated
and displayed every 10 seconds.
When this mode is selected, AV will be
displayed.
U.S.A.
CANADA
CANADA
NOTE
l
l
Even though the distance-to-empty display
may indicate a sufficient amount of
remaining mileage before refueling is
required, refuel as soon as possible if the
fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel
warning light illuminates.
The display won't change unless you add
more than approximately 20 L(5.3 gal) of
fuel.
Average vehicle speed mode
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1 second.
After pressing the INFO switch, ——
km/h (—— mile/h) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the vehicle speed is
recalculated and displayed.
This mode displays the average vehicle
speed by calculating the distance and the
time traveled since connecting the battery
or resetting the data.
6-57
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page236
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (236,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Lighter
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
Press the lighter in and release it. When
ready for use, it automatically pops out.
Ashtray
CAUTION
Do not use the ashtray for trash. You
might start a fire.
To use, open the cover.
CAUTION
Ø Don't touch the metal part of the
lighter, you may burn yourself.
Ø Don't hold the lighter in because it
will overheat.
Ø Don't use the lighter socket for
plug-in accessories such as
shavers and coffee pots. They may
damage it or cause electrical
failure. Use only a genuine Mazda
lighter or the equivalent.
Ø If the lighter doesn't pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.
6-58
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
To remove, open the cover and pull up the
ashtray.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page237
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (237,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Cup Holder
WARNING
qRear
The rear cup holder is on the rear center
armrest.
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
Do not put anything other than cups or
drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in
an accident or a sudden stop, keep
cup holders closed when not in use.
qFront
To use, open the cover.
6-59
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page238
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (238,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
front doors.
Storage Compartments
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open
is dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of injury in an accident or
a sudden stop, keep the storage
boxes closed when driving.
CAUTION
Bottle holder
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The
contents may spill when the door is
opened or closed.
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or
the plastic material in eyeglasses
could deform and crack from high
temperature.
qGlove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
If the glove box has a lock, insert the key
and turn it clockwise to lock,
counterclockwise to unlock.
Unlock
Lock
6-60
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page239
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (239,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qCenter Console
To open, pull the lower release latch.
Small items can be placed in the tray of
the center console lid.
To open it, pull the upper release latch.
Use the loops in the luggage compartment
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20
kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force
to the loops as it will damage them.
NOTE
To secure cargo with a rope or net, the trunk
board loops can be used in the same way as
the cargo securing loops (page 6-62).
qCargo Sub-Compartment (5 Door) í
With flexible floor board
To use the cargo sub-compartment,
partially open or remove the trunk boards.
Trunk board
qCargo Securing Loops (5 Door)
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Cargo subcompartment
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6-61
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page240
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (240,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Without flexible floor board
To use the cargo sub-compartment,
remove or lift the trunk board.
Trunk board
NOTE
The trunk board loops can be used in the same
way as the cargo securing loops. The tensile
strength of the loops is 147 N (15 kgf, 33 lbf).
Do not apply excessive force to the trunk board
loops as it will damage them (page 6-61).
Compartment
divider loops Front trunk board
Cargo subcompartment
qFlexible Floor Board (5 Door) í
The luggage compartment can be
separated vertically and/or horizontally,
using the trunk board and the trunk board
loops.
Rear trunk board
To separate vertically
Use the rear trunk board to separate the
luggage compartment vertically.
1. Pull the trunk board loops out.
CAUTION
Make sure the trunk board is firmly
secured when it is fitted into the
trunk board loops. If it is not firmly
secured, it could unexpectedly
disengage causing damage to the
trunk board loops or the trunk
board.
6-62
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Compartment
divider loop
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page241
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (241,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
2. Insert the trunk board loops into the
trunk board slits.
Trunk
board
Front
NOTE
To facilitate insertion of the trunk board loops
into the trunk board slits, first insert the
bottom of the rear trunk board into the groove
of the luggage sub-compartment.
CAUTION
Ø Do not place heavy objects on the
trunk board or apply excessive
force as they could damage the
trunk board. The permissible
weight is about 5 kg (11 lb).
Ø Do not use the rear trunk board to
separate the luggage
compartment horizontally. The
rear trunk board cannot be locked
to the trunk board loops and it
could move and cause injury while
the vehicle is moving.
1. Pull the trunk board loops out.
Compartment
divider loop
2. Insert the trunk board loop into slit A.
Cargo subcompartment
Groove
3. Rock the trunk board to make sure the
board is installed securely.
To separate horizontally
Use the front trunk board to separate the
luggage compartment horizontally.
Slit A
6-63
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page242
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (242,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
3. Insert the other trunk board loop into
slit B until a click sound is heard.
Accessory Sockets í
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position to prevent the battery from
discharging.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 7 A).
Slit B
4. Rock the trunk board to make sure the
board is installed securely.
CAUTION
Do not place or remove luggage via
the rear passenger seat area while
the vehicle is moving. The trunk
board or luggage could move and
cause injury.
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage
or electrical failure, pay attention to
the following:
Ø Don't use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 7 A).
Ø Don't use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
Ø Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
getting into the accessory socket.
Ø Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, don't use
the socket for long periods with the engine off
or idling.
6-64
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page243
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (243,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
When placing an electrical device (e.g.
cellular phone) in the tray which is
connected to the accessory socket, pass
the connection plug cord through the slot
in the cap.
5. Pass the connection plug cord through
the hole of the tray and insert the plug
in the socket.
Plug
Cap slot, closed
Cap slot, opened
1. Open the lid by pulling the upper
release catch.
2. Remove the tray mat.
3. Using a coin, turn the cap
counterclockwise (about 45° from the
closed position) and remove it.
6. Make sure the connection plug cord is
running through the cap slot; reinstall
the cap and turn it clockwise (about
45° to the opened position).
Connection plug
cord
NOTE
Do NOT discard the cap.
4. Open the tray by pulling the lower
release catch.
6-65
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page244
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
7. Pass the connection plug cord through
the slit in the tray mat and then set the
tray mat in place.
6-66
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (244,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page245
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
7
Black plate (245,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-8
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-14
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-14
Emergency Starting ....................................................................
Starting a Flooded Engine .......................................................
Jump-Starting ..........................................................................
Push-Starting ...........................................................................
7-16
7-16
7-17
7-20
Emergency Towing .....................................................................
Towing Description .................................................................
Tiedown Hook ........................................................................
Recreational Towing ...............................................................
7-21
7-21
7-22
7-23
7-1
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page246
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
l
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
7-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (246,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page247
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (247,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
4 Door
Spare tire
Jack
Tiedown eyelet
Lug wrench
Jack handle
7-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page248
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (248,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
5 Door
(Type A)
Lug wrench
Tiedown eyelet
Jack
Jack handle
(Type B)
Spare tire
Lug wrench
Tiedown eyelet
Jack
Jack handle
7-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Spare tire
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page249
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (249,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qJack
To secure the jack
To remove the jack
1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack with
the jack screw pointing up and turn the
wing bolt clockwise to temporarily
tighten it.
1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.
2. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure.
Jack screw
2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw
counterclockwise.
Jack screw
Wing bolt
3. Turn the wing bolt completely to
secure the jack.
NOTE
If the jack is not completely secured, it could
rattle while driving. Make sure the jack screw
is sufficiently tightened.
Wing bolt
qSpare Tire
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
7-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page250
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (250,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Do not install the temporary spare tire
on the front wheels (driving wheels)
when driving on ice or snow:
Driving with a spare tire on the front
(driving) wheels on ice or snow is
dangerous. Handling will be affected.
You could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Put the spare
tire on the rear axle and move a
regular tire to the front.
CAUTION
Ø When using the temporary spare
tire, driving stability may decrease
compared to when using only the
conventional tire.
Drive carefully.
Ø To avoid damage to the temporary
spare tire or to the vehicle, observe
the following precautions:
Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph).
Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, do not drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire's, so the
ground clearance is reduced
about 25 mm (1 in).
Ø Do not use a tire chain on this
tire because it won't fit
properly.
Ø Do not use your temporary
spare tire on any other vehicle;
it has been designed only for
your Mazda.
Ø Use only one temporary spare
tire on your vehicle at the same
time.
Ø (With limited slip differential)
When using the temporary spare
tire on the front axle, replace it
with a standard tire as soon as
possible. The size difference
between the spare and the
standard tire will cause the limited
slip differential to malfunction.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-28).
7-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page251
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (251,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To remove the spare tire
(5 Door)
(4 Door)
1. Remove the trunk mat, trunk board and
cargo sub-compartment.
1. Remove the trunk mat and trunk board.
(Type A)
2. Turn the tire hold-down bolt
counterclockwise with the lug wrench.
(Type B)
2. Turn the tire hold-down bolt
counterclockwise with the lug wrench.
7-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page252
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (252,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it could
indicate a flat tire.
l Steering becomes difficult.
l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.
l The vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a jack:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated before
using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are
changed (page 5-30).
l
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in Park (P), a manual
transaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turn
off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
7-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks
of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in
place.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page253
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (253,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qRemoving a Flat Tire
1. If your vehicle is equipped with a
wheel cover, pry off the wheel cover
with the beveled end of the lug wrench.
NOTE
Force the end of the lug wrench firmly between
wheel and cover, or removal will be difficult.
2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but
don't remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
3. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
CAUTION
There is a valve-stem mark inside the
wheel cover. When installing the
wheel cover, align this mark with the
tire's valve stem.
Damage could occur during
installation if the wheel cover is not
properly aligned.
Jacking position
7-9
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page254
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (254,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
5. Turn the jack handle clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
4. Insert the jack handle into the jack.
7-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
6. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page255
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (255,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nuts í
To install the nut
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
Antitheft lug nut
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
qMounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
Special key
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the spare tire.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
7-11
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page256
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (256,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
If you're unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
89―117 (9―12, 66―86)
WARNING
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts
could loosen while driving and cause
the tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary.
4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the
stud, which could cause the wheel to
slip off and cause an accident.
5. Store the damaged tire, using the tire
hold-down bolt to hold it in place.
Tire clamp
Tire hold-down bolt
6. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to
the specification charts on page 10-8.
7-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page257
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (257,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
When you check the regular tires' air
pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-28).
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store
them properly.
7-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page258
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (258,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
WARNING
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in park (P), a manual
transaxle in neutral.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Don't go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
7-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the
engine temperature will increase.
Stop the engine and call an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page259
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (259,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Except L3 turbocharger engine
L3 turbocharger engine
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-21).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the
cooling system inspected. The engine
could be seriously damaged unless
repairs are made. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
7-15
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page260
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. If the engine does not start within 5
seconds on the first try, turn the key to
the LOCK position, wait 10 seconds
and try again.
2. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold it there―for up to 10
seconds. If the engine starts, release the
key and accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
4. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator―for
up to 10 seconds.
If the engine still does not start using the
above procedure, have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (260,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page261
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (261,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15
minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a
battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )
terminal of the battery.
7-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page262
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (262,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.
Discharged
battery
Jumper cables
Booster battery
7-18
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page263
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (263,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
1. Remove the battery cover from its front
side.
Battery cover
6. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
the illustration.
NOTE
Verify that the covers are securely installed.
2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
3. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
l
l
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
Connect the other end to the ground
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
7-19
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page264
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured.
CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has
a manual transaxle. It can damage
the emission control system.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.
7-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (264,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page265
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (265,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
CAUTION
Don't tow the vehicle pointed
backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the
ground. If excessive damage or other
conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Wheel dollies
Don't tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
When towing with the rear wheels on the
ground, release the parking brake.
7-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page266
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (266,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
CAUTION
Do not use the hooks under the rear
bumper for towing and tying down,
as they cannot hold the load and it
will damage the bumper.
Tiedown Hook
CAUTION
Don't use the tiedown hook under
the rear for towing.
It is designed ONLY for tying down
the vehicle when it's being
transported. Using it for towing will
damage the bumper.
qTiedown Hook-Front
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the trunk (page 7-3).
Hooks
2. Wrap the lug wrench with a soft cloth
to prevent damage to the bumper and
open the cap located on the front
bumper.
CAUTION
The cap cannot be completely
removed. Do not use excessive force
as it may damage the cap or scratch
the painted bumper surface.
7-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page267
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (267,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-21) and
“Tiedown Hook” (page 7-22) and
carefully follow the instructions.
Lug wrench
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down
the vehicle. Make sure that the
tiedown eyelet is securely tightened
to the bumper.
7-23
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page268
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
7-24
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (268,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page269
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
8
Black plate (269,1)
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8
Owner Maintenance ...................................................................
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................
Owner Maintenance Precautions .............................................
Engine Compartment Overview ..............................................
Engine Oil ...............................................................................
Engine Coolant .......................................................................
Brake/Clutch Fluid ..................................................................
Power Steering Fluid ...............................................................
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) í ........................................
Washer Fluid ...........................................................................
Body Lubrication ....................................................................
Wiper Blades ...........................................................................
Battery .....................................................................................
Tires ........................................................................................
Light Bulbs .............................................................................
Fuses .......................................................................................
8-15
8-15
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-21
8-23
8-24
8-25
8-27
8-28
8-29
8-32
8-35
8-39
8-50
Appearance Care ........................................................................
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage ....................
Exterior Care ...........................................................................
Interior Care ............................................................................
8-58
8-58
8-60
8-63
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-1
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page270
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (270,1)
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page271
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (271,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page272
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (272,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
Drive belts (tension)
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
Cooling system
FL22 type*1
Engine coolant
Others
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
Fuel lines and hoses*2
I
I
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Steering operation and linkages
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Driveshaft dust boots
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
8-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
T
T
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page273
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (273,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page274
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (274,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
ENGINE
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
Engine valve clearance
Drive belts (tension)
Engine oil
Puerto Rico
Others
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
*1
FL22 type
Engine coolant
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
R
I
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R
I
I
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Puerto Rico
R
Others
R
R
Fuel lines and hoses*2
I
I
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs (without turbocharger)
USA
Spark plugs (with turbocharger)
Others*3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
8-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
R
R
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page275
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (275,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake and clutch fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
I
I
Driveshaft dust boots
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
I
T
L
I
T
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every 96,000 km
(60,000 miles) or shorter.
a) Repeated short-distance driving
b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
8-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page276
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (276,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page277
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (277,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance
Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
Drive belts (tension)
I
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
Cooling system
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Engine coolant
R
R
FL22 type
Others
R
R
R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
R
R
R
*2
I
R
R
*2
I
Fuel lines and hoses
I
Hoses and tubes for emission
I*2
I*2
I
Fuel filter
R
R
R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
Replace every 60,000 km
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake and clutch fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
I
I
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
L
I
L
I
T
L
I
L
I
T
L
I
L
I
T
L
I
L
I
T
L
I
L
I
T
I
L
I
L
I
T
8-9
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page278
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (278,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page279
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (279,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance
Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
Drive belts (tension)
I
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
Cooling system
Engine coolant
36
60
FL22 type
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Others
I
I
C
I
I
R
I
I
C
I
I*2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I*2
Fuel filter
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
C
I
R
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
I
R
Fuel lines and hoses
Brake and clutch fluid level
R
R
R
I
Air cleaner element
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
CHASSIS and BODY
R
R
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
R
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
All locks and hinges
L
Washer fluid level
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
L
L
I
I
T
I
L
L
I
I
T
L
I
T
8-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page280
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (280,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
36
60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page281
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (281,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
(Cont.)
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance
Drive belts (tension)
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
FL22 type
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Engine coolant
Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
I
R
I
Air filter
I
I
C
I
R
I
R
I
I
C
I
I
R
I
I
C
I
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I*2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I*2
I
Fuel filter
R
R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
CHASSIS and BODY
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake and clutch fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
R
Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
All locks and hinges
L
Washer fluid level
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
L
L
I
I
T
I
L
L
I
I
T
L
I
T
8-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page282
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (282,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page283
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (283,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
l
l
l
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-23)
Engine coolant level (page 8-21)
Engine oil level (page 8-20)
Washer fluid level (page 8-27)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-35)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-25)
Power steering fluid level (page 8-24)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l Engine coolant (page 8-21)
l Engine oil (page 8-18)
l
l
8-15
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page284
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (284,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You
can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting
to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
8-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page285
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (285,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Without turbocharger
Engine coolant
Engine oil-filler cap
reservoir
Main fuse
Battery Fuse block
Brake/Clutch fluid
reservoir
Engine oil
dipstick
Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick
(Only for automatic transaxle)
Power steering
fluid reservoir
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
With turbocharger
Engine coolant reservoir
Power steering
fluid reservoir
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
Engine oil-filler cap
Main fuse
Fuse block
Brake/Clutch fluid
reservoir
Battery
Engine oil dipstick
8-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page286
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (286,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qRecommended Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil (Without
turbocharger).
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
20
60
30
40
80 100 120
U.S.A. and CANADA
5W-20
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
(ILSAC)
Mexico
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20
engine oil is not available in your market. Use
SAE 5W-30 engine oil.
8-18
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
50
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page287
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (287,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
10
0
20
40
20
60
30
40
50
80 100 120
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.
5W-20
–30 –20 –10
Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil (With
turbocharger).
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
–20
0
20
0
10
40
20
60
30
40
50
80 100 120
5W-30
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
8-19
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page288
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (288,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
–30 –20 –10
0
10
20
30
40
With turbocharger
50
Max
–20
0
20
40
60
80 100 120
OK
Min
5W-30
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
Without turbocharger
Full
OK
Low
8-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It's OK between Low or MIN and Full
or MAX.
But if it's near or below Low or MIN,
add enough oil to bring the level to
Full or MAX.
CAUTION
Don't add engine oil over Full or
MAX. This may cause engine
damage.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
The distance between Low or MIN and
Full or MAX on the dipstick represents
the following:
Oil capacity
L (US qt, Imp qt)
0.75 (0.79, 0.66)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page289
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (289,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become
very hot. You could be burned.
Carefully inspect the engine coolant
in the coolant reservoir, but do not
open it.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the MAX or F and
MIN or L marks on the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
Without turbocharger
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
With turbocharger
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If it's at or near MIN or L, add enough
coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide
freezing and corrosion protection and to
bring the level to MAX or F.
8-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page290
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (290,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Ø Radiator coolant will damage
paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
Ø Use only soft (demineralized)
water in the coolant mixture.
Water that contains minerals will
cut down on the coolant's
effectiveness.
Ø Don't add only water. Always add
a proper coolant mixture.
Ø The engine has aluminum parts
and must be protected by an
ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Ø DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could
damage the cooling system.
Ø Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
8-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
NOTE
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the
cooling system cap, use FL22 type engine
coolant. If engine coolant other than FL22
type is used, the engine coolant must be
replaced earlier than the specified replacement
interval indicated in the scheduled
maintenance (page 8-3).
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page291
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (291,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Brake/Clutch Fluid
qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Without turbocharger
qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid
WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire.
If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,
have the brakes and clutch inspected:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and
cause an accident.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
With turbocharger
CAUTION
Ø Brake and clutch fluid will
damage painted surfaces. If brake
or clutch fluid does get on a
painted surface, wash it off with
water immediately.
Ø Using nonspecified brake and
clutch fluids (page 10-4) will
damage the systems. Mixing
different fluids will also damage
them.
If the brake/clutch system
frequently requires new fluid,
consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
8-23
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page292
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (292,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Power Steering Fluid
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power
steering pump, don't operate the
vehicle for long periods when the
power steering fluid level is low.
NOTE
Use specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
Without turbocharger
With turbocharger
8-24
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
The level must be kept between MIN and
MAX.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page293
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (293,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) í
qInspecting Automatic Transaxle
Fluid Level
The automatic transaxle fluid level should
be inspected regularly. Measure it as
described below.
5AT
CAUTION
Ø Always check the automatic
transaxle fluid level according to
the following procedure. If the
procedure is not done correctly,
the automatic transaxle fluid level
cannot be measured accurately
which could lead to automatic
transaxle damage.
Ø A low fluid level can cause
transaxle slippage. Overfilling can
cause foaming, loss of fluid, and
transaxle malfunction.
Ø Use only the specified fluid. A nonspecified fluid could result in
transaxle malfunction and failure.
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
2. Make sure there is no ATF leakage
from the ATF hose or the housing.
3. Shift the shift lever to the park position
(P), start the engine and warm it up.
4. While the engine is still idling, pull out
the dipstick and wipe it clean, and then
put it back.
5. Check the ATF level. If there is no ATF
adhering 5 mm from the end of the
dipstick, add ATF.
CAUTION
If there is no ATF adhering to the
dipstick even after the engine has
been warmed up, do not drive the
vehicle. Otherwise, the automatic
transaxle could be damaged.
6. Shift the shift lever to each range and
position, and make sure there is no
abnormality.
7. Drive the vehicle on city roads for
5 km (3.1 mile) or more.
8. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
9. Shift the shift lever to the park position
(P), check the ATF level while the
engine is idling, and make sure that the
ATF level is within the proper level. If
the ATF level is not within the proper
level, add ATF.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
Full
OK
Low
CAUTION
Do not shift the shift lever while the
engine is warming up. If the ATF level
is extremely low, the automatic
transaxle could be damaged.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-25
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page294
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (294,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4AT
The volume of fluid changes with
temperature. Fluid must be checked while
idling the engine without driving at
normal operating temperature.
CAUTION
Ø Low fluid level causes transaxle
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid, and
transaxle malfunction.
Ø Use specified fluid (page 10-4). A
nonspecified fluid could result in
transaxle malfunction and failure.
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
2. Start the engine and depress the brake
pedal.
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges,
then set it at P.
WARNING
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the shift lever:
Shifting the shift lever without first
depressing the brake pedal is
dangerous. The vehicle could move
suddenly and cause an accident.
4. With the engine still idling, pull out the
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.
8-26
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5. Pull it out again.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
Full
A
Full
Low
B
Fluid hot scale A
When the vehicle has been driven and the
fluid is at normal operating temperature,
about 65°C (150°F), the level must be
between Full and Low.
Fluid cold scale B
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20°C
(70°F), the fluid level should be close to,
but not above, the bottom notch on the
dipstick.
CAUTION
Ø Use the cold scale only as a
reference.
Ø If outside temperature is lower
than about 20°C (70°F), start the
engine and inspect the fluid level
after the engine reaches operating
temperature.
Ø If the vehicle has been driven for
an extended period at high speeds
or in city traffic in hot weather,
inspect the level only after
stopping the engine and allowing
the fluid to cool for 30 minutes.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page295
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (295,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make
sure it doesn't pass full.
NOTE
Inspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in
a well lit area for an accurate reading.
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous
as it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer
fluid with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the use
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which
are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in
washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC
content should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be operated.
8-27
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page296
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:6 PM
Black plate (296,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
To inspect the washer fluid level in the
front reservoir, pull off the cap. Then,
holding your thumb over the hole in the
center of the cap, lift it straight up. The
fluid level can be seen from the fluid
column in the pipe. Add fluid if necessary.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable. But use only washer fluid in
cold weather to prevent it from freezing.
NOTE
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from
the same reservoir.
8-28
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page297
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (297,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Ø Hot waxes applied by automatic
car washers have been known to
affect the wiper's ability to clean
windows.
Ø To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, don't use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the
wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When
washing or servicing your Mazda,
make sure the wiper lever is in the
OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Slide the assembly downward; then lift
it off the arm.
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, don't
let it slap down on the windshield.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
8-29
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page298
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (298,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of blade holder.
3. Remove the metal stiffener from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
qReplacing Rear Wiper Blade (5
Door)
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
CAUTION
Ø Don't bend or discard the stiffener.
You need to use them again.
Ø If the metal stiffeners are
switched, the blade's wiping
efficiency could be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffener on the passenger's side,
or vice versa.
Ø Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffener in the new blade rubber
so that the curve is the same as it
was in the old blade rubber.
8-30
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the
wiper blade to the right until it unlocks,
then remove the blade.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page299
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (299,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear
window let the wiper arm down
easily, don't let it slap down on the
rear window.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
3. Remove the metal stiffener from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Don't bend or discard the stiffener.
You need to use them again.
8-31
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page300
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (300,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting
to ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal
tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when
working near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle
body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-32
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page301
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (301,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
8-33
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page302
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (302,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qInspecting Electrolyte Level
NOTE
Remove the battery cover before performing
battery maintenance.
A low level of electrolyte fluid will cause
the battery to discharge quickly.
Upper level
Battery cover
Lower level
qBattery Maintenance
Inspect the electrolyte level at least once a
week. If it's low, remove the caps and add
enough distilled water to bring the level
between the upper and lower level
(illustration).
Don't overfill.
Examine the specific gravity of the
electrolyte with a hydrometer, especially
during cold weather. If it's low, recharge
the battery.
To get the best service from a battery:
l Keep it securely mounted.
l Keep the top clean and dry.
l Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
l Rinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
l If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
8-34
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page303
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (303,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-8)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, handling, and minimum
tire wear.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-8).
qTire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident.
Refer to specification charts on page
10-8.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-35
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page304
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (304,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Always check tire pressure when tires are
cold.
Warm tires normally exceed recommended
pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,
and poor sealing of the tire bead, which
will deform the wheel and cause separation
of tire from rim.
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires if
irregular wear develops. According to the
scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to
Scheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
l
l
l
Improper wheel alignment
Out-of-balance wheel
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-8) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to
rear, not from side to side. Tire
performance will be weakened if
rotated from side to side.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
l
Incorrect tire pressure
8-36
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page305
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (305,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qTemporary Spare Tire
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls are used, the system may not
function correctly even with a genuine
wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on page
5-30.
l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-30.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition gradually
deteriorates even if it has not been used.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which
is lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
CAUTION
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is
across the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-22.
Ø Do not use your temporary spare
tire rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage
both tire and rim.
Ø The temporary spare tire has a
tread life of less than 5,000 km
(3,000 miles). The tread life may
be shorter depending on driving
conditions.
Ø The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator
appears, replace the tire with the
same type of temporary spare
(page 8-36).
8-37
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page306
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (306,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-22.
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.
CAUTION
Ø A wrong-sized wheel may
adversely affect:
Ø Tire fit
Ø Wheel and bearing life
Ø Ground clearance
Ø Snow-chain clearance
Ø Speedometer calibration
Ø Headlight aim
Ø Bumper height
Ø Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Ø Limited-Slip Differential System
Ø (With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
Ø When replacing/repairing the
tires or wheels or both, have the
work done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed
for installation of the tire
pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise
it may not be possible to install
the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer to
Tires and Wheels on page 5-30.
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
8-38
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page307
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (307,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
4 Door
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Headlights (Low beam)
Headlights
(High beam)
License plate light
High-mount brake light
Trunk light
Overhead light (Rear)
Fog lights
Front turn signal
lights/Side-marker lights
Side turn signal lights
5 Door
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Headlights (Low beam)
Headlights
(High beam)
Fog lights
Front turn signal lights/Sidemarker lights
Side turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
License plate light
High-mount brake light
Overhead light (Rear)
Luggage
compartment light
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
Some models.
8-39
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page308
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (308,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb
or breaking it some other way.
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Replacing headlight bulbs
(Without turbocharger)
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
8-40
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
3. When replacing the left headlight bulb,
turn the cover screws counterclockwise
and remove them with the cover.
Cover
4. Find the high and low beam bulbs in
the rear of the headlight unit.
The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,
and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.
Refer to Light Bulbs on page 8-39.
(With turbocharger)
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page309
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (309,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Perform the following procedure when
replacing the left headlight bulb.
Remove the clip, grasp the attached
area of the slide mount and lift it
upward, and then slide the slide mount
to a position where it does not interfere
with the frame.
Clip
4. Remove the strap and raise the air
filter.
Strap
5. Find the high and low beam bulbs in
the rear of the headlight unit.
The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,
and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.
Refer to Light Bulbs on page 8-39.
High-beam bulb
Slide mount
Attached area
Frame
1. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
2. Disconnect the bulb from the electrical
connector by pressing the tab on the
connector with your finger and pulling
the bulb upward.
8-41
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page310
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (310,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
3. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.
NOTE
l
l
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton for the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly and out of the reach of children.
Low-beam bulb
(Xenon fusion bulb)
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by
yourself.
The bulbs must be replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
4. Swing the retaining spring out and
away to free the headlight bulb.
5. Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from the socket by pulling it straight
back.
(Halogen bulb)
6. Replace the bulb.
1. Detach the electrical connector from
the bulb by pulling it to the rear.
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
2. Pull off the sealing cover.
8-42
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton for the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly and out of the reach of children.
When reinstalling the sealing cover, make
sure
faces up.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page311
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (311,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Replacing a fog light bulbs í
1. Turn the screw counterclockwise and
remove it and then partially peel back
the mudguard.
NOTE
l
l
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton for the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly and out of the reach of children.
Front turn signal lights/Side-marker
lights
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Side turn signal lights
2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight back out of the
socket.
1. Slide the unit as shown in the figure to
remove it.
2. Detach the electrical connector from
the unit by pulling it to the rear.
3. Install the new side turn signal unit in
the reverse order of removal.
NOTE
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Bulb replacement is not possible because it is
built into the unit. Replace the unit.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-43
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page312
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (312,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Brake lights/Taillights (4 Door)
With LED bulb
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
NOTE
LED bulb replacement is not possible. The
rear combination component must be replaced.
With Non-LED bulb
1. Pull the center of each plastic retainer
and remove the retainers and the trunk
end trim.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
Removal
Installation
2. Pull the center of each plastic retainer,
then remove the retainers, and then
partially open the trunk side trim.
Removal
Installation
8-44
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Brake lights/Taillights (5 Door)
With LED bulb
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
LED bulb replacement is not possible. The
rear combination component must be replaced.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page313
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (313,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
With Non-LED bulb
1. Remove the cover.
Left side
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Rear turn signal lights (4 Door)
1. Pull the center of each plastic retainer,
and then remove the retainers and the
trunk end trim.
Right side
Removal
Installation
2. Pull the center of each plastic retainer
and remove the retainers, and then
partially open the trunk side trim.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Removal
Installation
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
8-45
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page314
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (314,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
Right side
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Rear turn signal lights (5 Door)
1. Remove the cover.
Left side
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
8-46
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page315
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (315,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Reverse lights
4 Door
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers, and
then remove the trunk rear trim.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Removal
Installation
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
High-mount brake light
4 Door
1. Pull the center of each plastic retainer,
and then remove the retainers and the
trunk rear trim.
Removal
Installation
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
5 Door
1. Remove the cover.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the socket.
8-47
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page316
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (316,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the socket.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
5 Door
With LED bulb
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
With Non-LED bulb
1. Remove the liftgate upper trim.
8-48
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
License plate lights
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the lens,
and then remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with a
flathead screwdriver.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page317
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (317,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Trunk light (4 Door)
1. Press both sides of the lens cap to
remove it.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Edge
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Map lights (Front) í
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Overhead light (Rear)
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens, and then remove the lens by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
with the flathead screwdriver.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Luggage compartment light (5 Door)
1. Insert your finger as shown in the
figure and remove the unit.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Edge
2. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens, and then remove the lens by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
with the flathead screwdriver.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-49
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page318
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (318,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
qFuse Replacement
Replacing the fuses on the front
passenger's side below the glove box
If the electrical system does not work,
first inspect the fuses on the front
passenger's side below the glove box.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Remove the cover.
8-50
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page319
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (319,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the knobs counterclockwise and
lower the fuse block.
6. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.
Normal
4. Locate the position of the suspected
fuse by using the chart inside the fuse
block cover.
5. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the inside of the
engine compartment fuse block cover.
Blown
7. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage
rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it
does not fit tightly, have an expert
install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
8-51
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page320
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (320,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is
a high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Main fuse
Normal
Blown
8-52
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page321
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (321,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
29
36
28
35
6
34
10 12 14 16
5
4
9
11 13 15
3
18
17
23 26 27
22
25
33
32
20 21 24 30 31
2
1
7
8
19
Without turbocharger
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DESCRIPTION
FAN
P/ST
BTN
HEAD
PTC
GLOW
ABS 1
ABS 2
ENGINE
―
IG KEY 1
STARTER
IG KEY 2
GLOW 1
HEATER
GLOW 2
DEFOG
FUSE RATING
40A
80A
40A
40A
―
―
30A
20A
30A
―
30A
20A
30A
―
40A
―
40A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Cooling fan
Power steering
For protection of various circuits
Headlights
―
―
ABS í, DSC í
ABS í, DSC í
For protection of various circuits
―
Ignition switch
Starter clutch
Ignition switch
―
Blower motor
―
Rear window defroster
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-53
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page322
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (322,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
FUSE RATING
18
AUDIO
30A
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
ABS IG
FOG
HORN
DRL
H/CLEAN
F/PUMP
P/ST IG
A/C MAG
ALT/TCM
GLOW SIG
P.OUTLET
ENG +B
ROOM
ENG BAR 4
ENG BAR 3
EGI INJ
ENG BAR 1
ENG BAR 2
10A
15A
15A
10A
―
15A
10A
10A
10A/15A
―
―
10A
15A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Audio system
(BOSE Sound System-equipped model)
ABS í, DSC í
Front fog lights í
Horn
DRL í
―
Fuel pump
Power steering
Air conditioner í
TCM í
―
Power outlet
PCM
Interior lights
O2 sensors í
O2 sensors
Injector
For protection of various circuits
PCM, Fuel pump
With turbocharger
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DESCRIPTION
FAN
―
BTN
HEAD
F/PUMP
―
ABS 1
ABS 2
ENGINE
INJECTOR
IG KEY1
STARTER
IG KEY2
―
HEATER
―
DEFOG
18
8-54
FUSE RATING
70A
―
40A
40A
30A
―
30A
20A
30A
30A
30A
20A
30A
―
40A
―
40A
AUDIO
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
30A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Cooling fan
―
For protection of various circuits
Headlights
Fuel pump
―
ABS, DSC
ABS, DSC
For protection of various circuits
Fuel injector
Ignition switch
Starter clutch
Ignition switch
―
Blower motor
―
Rear window defroster
Audio system
(BOSE Sound System-equipped model)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page323
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (323,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
DESCRIPTION
ABS IG
FOG
HORN
DRL
H/CLEAN
ETC
―
A/C MAG
―
―
P.OUTLET
ENG +B
ROOM
―
ENG BAR 3
―
ENG BAR 1
ENG BAR 2
FUSE RATING
10A
15A
15A
10A
―
10A
―
10A
―
―
15A
10A
15A
―
10A
―
15A
10A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
ABS
Front fog lights
Horn
DRL í
―
Elec. throttle valve
―
Air conditioner
―
―
Power outlet
PCM
Interior lights
―
O2 sensors
―
For protection of various circuits
PCM, Fuel pump
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-55
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page324
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (324,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Passenger's side)
37 38 39 40 41 42
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 515253 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 7475 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
DESCRIPTION
D/LOCK 2
STOP LAMP/HORN
HEAD HIGH L
HEAD HIGH R
―
―
CIGAR
RADIO
MIRROR
FUSE RATING
15A
10A
10A
10A
―
―
15A
7.5A
10A
46
TAIL R
7.5A
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
OBD
―
TR/LOCK
―
―
SUN ROOF
WASHER
―
P/WIND R
10A
―
―
―
―
20A
20A
―
―
8-56
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Double locking system í
Stop Lamp, Horn
Headlight high beam (LH)
Headlight high beam (RH)
―
―
Lighter
Audio system
Power mirror í
Taillight (RH), Parking light (RH), License
plate lights
For protection of various circuits
―
―
―
―
Moonroof í
Windshield wiper and washer
―
―
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page325
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (325,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
DESCRIPTION
P/WIND L
ALARM
M/DEF
―
HEAD LOW R
HEAD LOW L
―
―
―
SAS
METER
IGNITION
WIPER
ENGINE
IG SIG
SAS 2
―
―
SEAT WARM
D/LOCK 1
A/C
P/WIND L
P/WIND R
BACK
SUN ROOF
TAIL L
ILLUMI
―
―
―
―
FUSE RATING
―
―
7.5A
―
15A
15A
―
―
―
10A
10A
20A
20A
20A
10A
7.5A
―
―
20A
25A
10A
30A
30A
10A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
―
―
―
―
PROTECTED COMPONENT
―
―
Mirror Defroster í
―
Headlight low beam (RH), Headlight leveling
Headlight low beam (LH)
―
―
―
Supplemental restraint system
Instrument cluster, Immobilizer system
ABS í, DSC í, Power steering
Windshield wiper and washer
For protection of various circuits
Auto wiper í, Power window switch í
Seat weight sensor
―
―
Seat warmer í
Power door lock í
Air conditioner í, Heater control unit
Power window (LH) í
Power window (RH) í
Reverse lights
Moonroof í
Taillight (LH), Parking light (LH)
Illumination
―
―
―
―
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-57
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page326
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (326,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-58
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page327
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (327,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qWater Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
NOTE
l
l
l
The paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of paint
chipping.
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on
your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the
damage by using Mazda touch-up paint
according to the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area could
lead to serious rusting and expensive
repairs.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-59
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page328
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (328,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
qMaintaining the Finish
Washing
CAUTION
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the wipers may
move automatically in the following
cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with a
hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with a
hand or other object from inside
the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When washing
or servicing your Mazda, make sure
the wiper lever is in the OFF position.
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
8-60
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
l The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
l The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
l The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
l Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
l
l
Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles
with darker paint finishes.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
l Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
l Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
l Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
l Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page329
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (329,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CAUTION
Ø Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may damage the protective
coating; also, cleaners and
detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car
wash facility or passing beneath a
low overhead clearance.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap
to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar
materials will usually also take off the wax.
Rewax these areas even if the rest of the
vehicle doesn't need it.
8-61
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page330
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (330,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
qUnderbody Maintenance
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced,
make sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to all parts,
both repaired and new. This will
prevent them from rusting.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
l
l
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
8-62
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page331
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (331,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Don't use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on
aluminum wheels. They may damage the
coating.
Only use a mild soap or neutral detergent
and always use a sponge or soft cloth to
clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cold
water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels
after driving on dusty or salted roads. This
helps prevent corrosion.
Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic
car wash that uses high-speed or hard
brushes.
If your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax
the wheels.
Interior Care
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Leather í
Real leather isn't uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry
and buff it with a dry soft cloth.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
8-63
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page332
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (332,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.
Piano black panel í
qCleaning the Window Interiors
The following parts are fitted with panels
that have been treated with a special
coating that resists scratching.
l Instrument panel side garnish
l Steering wheel (partial)
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
NOTE
Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from
the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be
repairable.
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
8-64
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
CAUTION
Don't scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. You may damage
the rear window defroster grid.
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page333
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
9
Black plate (333,1)
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ...............................
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............
Customer Assistance (Canada) ...........
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ....
Customer Assistance (Mexico) ...........
9-2
9-2
9-4
9-7
9-8
Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-10
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-10
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-10
Warranty ................................................ 9-12
Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-12
Outside the United States .................. 9-13
Outside Canada ................................. 9-14
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country (Except United States and
Canada) ............................................. 9-15
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-16
Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-22
Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-22
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard) ............................................ 9-28
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-31
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-34
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit: ................................................ 9-41
Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-42
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-42
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-43
Service Publications .............................. 9-44
Service Publications .......................... 9-44
Cell Phones ............................................. 9-17
Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-17
Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-18
Type Approval of Equipment ............ 9-18
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-20
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-20
9-1
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page334
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (334,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” at the bottom of the page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
9-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page335
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (335,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
9-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page336
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (336,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page337
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (337,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page338
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (338,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
9-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
AREAS COVERED
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
ONTARIO
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page339
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (339,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page340
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (340,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Mexico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico
by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
Mexico, can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
9-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page341
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (341,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-9
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page342
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (342,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qMEXICO
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Circuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N
1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.
01210, Mexico, D.F.
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
9-10
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page343
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (343,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
qAMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
9-11
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page344
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
l
l
l
l
l
l
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-12
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (344,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page345
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (345,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-13
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page346
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (346,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-14
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page347
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (347,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific
emission and safety standards.
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another
country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-15
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page348
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (348,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of
injuries in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-16
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page349
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (349,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your country:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious
accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe
area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a handsfree system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell
phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
9-17
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page350
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Type Approval of Equipment
Immobilizer system
9-18
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (350,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page351
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (351,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Keyless entry system
9-19
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page352
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (352,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-20
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page353
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (353,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-21
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page354
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (354,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the diagram below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Rim diameter code
7. Load index & speed symbol
8. Severe snow conditions
9. Tire ply composition and materials used
10. Max. load rating
9-22
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page355
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (355,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
12. Max. permissible inflation pressure
13. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
9-23
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page356
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (356,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y
Speed Rating
99 mph
106 mph
112 mph
118 mph
124 mph
130 mph
149 mph
168* mph
186* mph
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in
mud and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
9-24
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page357
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (357,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTINGMATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGEFOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.
9-25
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page358
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (358,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the diagram below.
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index&speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
9-26
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page359
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (359,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
M
Speed Rating
81 mph
9-27
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page360
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (360,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-8.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least
3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.
9-28
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page361
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (361,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.
qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
9-29
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page362
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (362,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
9-30
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page363
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (363,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
Forward
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
l Incorrect tire pressure
l Improper wheel alignment
l Out-of-balance wheel
l Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-8) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
9-31
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page364
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (364,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern
or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be
weakened if rotated from side to side.
(With limited-slip differential)
Don't use the following:
Ø Tires not of the designated size
Ø Tires of different sizes or types at the same time
Ø Tires not sufficiently inflated
If these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will be
different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.
This will cause a malfunction.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replace
the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires
generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high
loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you
replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-22.
9-32
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page365
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (365,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
l Observe posted speed limits
l Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
l Avoid potholes and objects on the road
l Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your
tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution
until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire
is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with
your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest
vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
9-33
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page366
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (366,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Vehicle Loading
WARNING
Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep
your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety
Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's
suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,
handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the
distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail
completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a
combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation
pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.
9-34
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page367
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (367,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.
9-35
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page368
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (368,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE
CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
cargo weight.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
9-36
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page369
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (369,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg
(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
9-37
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page370
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (370,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE
WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
9-38
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page371
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (371,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the
weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated
for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must
never exceed the GCWR.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or
external), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.
9-39
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page372
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (372,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
9-40
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page373
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (373,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650
lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
9-41
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page374
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (374,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. You
can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-10) in
this booklet.
9-42
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page375
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (375,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-43
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page376
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (376,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-017B-08
9999-MX-017B-08
9999-95-019G-08
9999-MX-019G-08
9999-95-038C-08 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-038C-08 (Canada only)
9999-PR-038C-08 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only)
9999-95-MODL-08
9999-95-011F-08NAV (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-011F-08NAV (Canada only)
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2008 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2008 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)
2008 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2008 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)
2008 OWNER'S MANUAL
2008 OWNER'S MANUAL
2008 OWNER'S MANUAL
2008 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS
2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:
Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.
9-44
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page377
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (377,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation
system. This is not a technician's manual.
9-45
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page378
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
9-46
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (378,1)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page379
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
10
Black plate (379,1)
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
10-1
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page380
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (380,1)
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Information Labels
qChassis Number
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the cowl panel located
on the left corner of the dashboard. This
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
Without turbocharger
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
With turbocharger
10-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page381
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (381,1)
Identification Numbers
qTire Pressure Label
qEngine Number
Without turbocharger
Forward
With turbocharger
Forward
10-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page382
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (382,1)
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Specification
Without turbocharger
With turbocharger
2.0-liter engine
2.3-liter engine
DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
87.5 × 83.1 mm
87.5 × 94.0 mm (3.44 × 3.70 in)
(3.44 × 3.27 in)
1,999 ml
2,261 ml (2,261 cc, 137.9 cu in)
(1,999 cc, 122.0 cu in)
10.0
9.7
9.5
Item
Type
Bore×Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
qElectrical System
Item
Battery
Without
turbocharger
2.0-liter engine
2.3-liter engine
With turbocharger
Without turbocharger
Spark-plug number
With turbocharger
Without turbocharger
Spark-plug gap
With turbocharger
Classification
12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR
12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR,
12V-55AH/5HR
12V-48AH/5HR, 12V-55AH/5HR
LFG1 18 110*1, L3Y2 18 110
L3K9 18 110A*1, L3Y3 18 110
1.25―1.35 mm (0.050―0.053 in)
0.70―0.8 mm (0.028―0.031 in)
*1 ex factory
NOTE
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on the iridium
alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-18.
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
Any temperature
SAE
75W-90
Without turbocharger
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
Manual transaxle oil
Above 10°C
SAE
80W-90
API Service
GL-4
With turbocharger
SAE
75W-90
Automatic transaxle fluid
ATF M-V
Power steering fluid
ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)
Brake/Clutch fluid
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
Engine
10-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page383
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (383,1)
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item
Without turbocharger
Engine oil
With turbocharger
Capacity
With oil filter
replacement
Without oil filter
replacement
With oil filter
replacement
Without oil filter
replacement
Coolant
Without turbocharger
Manual transaxle oil
With turbocharger
4-speed transaxle
Automatic transaxle fluid
5-speed transaxle
Fuel tank
4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)
3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)
5.7 L (6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt)
5.3 L (5.6 US qt, 4.7 Imp qt)
7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)
2.87 L (3.03 US qt, 2.53 Imp qt)
2.5 L (2.6 US qt, 2.2 Imp qt)
7.2 L (7.6 US qt, 6.3 Imp qt)
8.14 L (8.60 US qt, 7.16 Imp qt)
55.0 L
(14.5 US gal, 12.1 Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item
STANDARD TYPE
Without
Overall length turbocharger
SPORTY TYPE
With turbocharger
Without side molding
Without
Overall width turbocharger
With side molding
With turbocharger
Overall height
Without turbocharger
Front tread
With turbocharger
Without turbocharger
Rear tread
With turbocharger
Wheelbase
Model
4 Door
5 Door
4,505 mm (177.4 in)
―
4,510 mm (177.6 in) 4,490 mm (176.8 in)
―
4,490 mm (176.8 in)
1,745 mm (68.7 in)
1,745 mm (68.7 in)
1,755 mm (69.1 in)
1,755 mm (69.1 in)
―
1,765 mm (69.5 in)
1,465 mm (57.7 in)
1,465 mm (57.7 in)
1,530 mm (60.2 in)
1,530 mm (60.2 in)
―
1,535 mm (60.4 in)
1,515 mm (59.6 in)
1,515 mm (59.6 in)
―
1,525 mm (60.0 in)
2,640 mm (103.9 in) 2,640 mm (103.9 in)
10-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page384
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (384,1)
Specifications
qWeights
4 Door
2.0-liter engine
Weight
Item
Front
Rear
Manual transaxle
1,719 kg (3,790 lbs)
919 kg (2,026 lbs)
800 kg (1,764 lbs)
Front
Rear
Manual transaxle
1,764 kg (3,889 lbs)
955 kg (2,105 lbs)
812 kg (1,790 lbs)
Front
Rear
Manual transaxle
1,783 kg (3,931 lbs)
957 kg (2,110 lbs)
829 kg (1,828 lbs)
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Automatic transaxle
1,733 kg (3,821 lbs)
983 kg (2,068 lbs)
795 kg (1,753 lbs)
2.3-liter engine
Weight
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Automatic transaxle
1,792 kg (3,951 lbs)
981 kg (2,163 lbs)
811 kg (1,788 lbs)
5 Door
Without turbocharger
Weight
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Automatic transaxle
1,811 kg (3,993 lbs)
983 kg (2,167 lbs)
828 kg (1,825 lbs)
With turbocharger
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Front
Rear
Weight
1,866 kg (4,114 lbs)
1,055 kg (2,326 lbs)
811 kg (1,788 lbs)
qAir Conditioner
Item
Refrigerant Type
10-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Classification
HFC134a (R-134a)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page385
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (385,1)
Specifications
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb
Wattage
60
55
35
27/8
55
51
5
18
18
2.4
21
21/5
4/1
21
5
High beam
Headlights
Low beam
Halogen
Xenon fusion
Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights
Type A
Type B
Fog lights í
Side turn signal lights*1
4 Door
High-mount brake light
5 Door
Non-LED bulb
LED bulb*1
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Non-LED bulb
LED bulb*2
Reverse lights
License plate light
Category
ECE R (SAE)
HB3 (HB3)
H7 (H7)
D2S (D2S)
― (#1157NA)
H11 (H11)
HB4 (HB4)
WY5W (―)
W16W (#921)
W16W (#921)
― (―)
WY21W (―)
W21/5W (#7443)
― (―)
W21W (#7440)
W5W (―)
*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.
*2 Bulb replacement is not possible. The rear combination component must be replaced.
Fog lights
Type A
Type B
Interior light
Light bulb
Trunk light (4 Door)
Luggage compartment light (5 Door)
Overhead light/Map lights (Front) í
Overhead light (Rear)
Category
Wattage
ECE R
W5W
―
W5W
―
5
10
í
Some models.
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
10-7
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page386
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (386,1)
Specifications
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to
your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-35.
Standard tire
Inflation pressure
Tire size
Front
230 kPa (34 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
230 kPa (34 psi)
P195/65R15 89H
P205/55R16 89H
P205/50R17 88V
215/45R18 93Y
Rear
230 kPa (34 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
Temporary spare tire
Tire size
T115/70D15 90M
T125/70D16 96M
T125/70D17 98M
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-50.
10-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Inflation pressure
420 kPa (60 psi)
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page387
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
11
Black plate (387,1)
Index
11-1
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page388
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (388,1)
Index
A
B
Accessory Socket .............................. 6-64
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-16
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-40
Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-54
Antenna ............................................. 6-15
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7
Warning light ............................... 5-8
Appearance Care ............................... 8-58
Ashtray .............................................. 6-58
Audio System ................................... 6-15
Audio control switch .................. 6-44
Audio set .................................... 6-27
Auxiliary Input ........................... 6-46
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-16
Safety certification ..................... 6-49
Automatic Transaxle
Driving tips ................................ 5-18
Fluid ........................................... 8-25
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-14
Shift-lock override ..................... 5-14
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-14
Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-13
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-6
After getting in ............................. 4-6
Before getting in .......................... 4-6
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-28
Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-60
Brake/Clutch
Fluid ........................................... 8-23
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7
Brakes assist ................................. 5-9
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Parking brake ............................... 5-6
Warning light ............................... 5-7
Break-In Period ................................... 4-7
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-39
B
Battery
Emergency starting .................... 7-16
Maintenance ............................... 8-32
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep Sounds
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-49
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-49
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep ............................................ 5-49
Beeps
Seat belt warning beep Sounds ... 5-49
11-2
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
C
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-5
Cargo Securing Loops ...................... 6-61
Cargo Sub-Compartment .................. 6-61
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-4
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-17
Center Console .................................. 6-61
Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ......... 2-25
Installing child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-29
LATCH child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-35
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-10
Cigarette Lighter ............................... 6-58
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-6
Clock ................................................. 6-54
Cruise Control ................................... 5-19
Cup Holder ........................................ 6-59
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page389
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (389,1)
Index
C
E
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
Engine
Coolant ....................................... 8-21
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-5
Hood release .............................. 3-21
Oil .............................................. 8-18
Overheating ................................ 7-14
Starting ......................................... 5-4
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-17
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-14
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-34
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-5
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-60
D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-35
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-53
Defroster
Rear window .............................. 5-58
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ......................................... 3-8
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-11
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-7
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-18
Break-in period ............................ 4-7
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-11
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-8
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-7
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-9
Turbocharged vehicles ............... 4-12
Winter driving .............................. 4-9
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-24
DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-25
DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-25
TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-24
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-16
Flooded engine ........................... 7-16
Jump-starting .............................. 7-17
Push-starting .............................. 7-20
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-21
Emission Control System .................... 4-4
F
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-60
Headlights .................................. 5-50
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing ...................................... 7-8
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Flexible Floor Board ......................... 6-62
Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ................... 8-15
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-54
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Front Seats .......................................... 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-20
Gauge ......................................... 5-35
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-50
Panel description ........................ 8-53
Replacement ............................... 8-50
11-3
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page390
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (390,1)
Index
G
I
Glove Box ......................................... 6-60
Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-16
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-32
Instrument Cluster Dimmer Select
Button ............................................... 5-35
Interior Care ...................................... 8-63
Interior Lights ................................... 6-50
H
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-60
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-8
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-50
Flashing ...................................... 5-52
High-low beam .......................... 5-52
Leveling ..................................... 5-52
On reminder ............................... 5-52
Hood Release .................................... 3-21
Horn .................................................. 5-59
J
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-17
K
Keyless Entry System ......................... 3-3
Keys .................................................... 3-2
I
L
Ignition
Keys ............................................. 3-2
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-50
Immobilizer System .......................... 3-25
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-37
Cruise ......................................... 5-47
DSC OFF .................................... 5-47
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-46
Power steering malfunction ........ 5-48
Security ...................................... 5-46
Shift position .............................. 5-46
TCS/DSC ................................... 5-47
Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-48
Information Display .......................... 6-53
Ambient temperature display ..... 6-54
Audio display ............................. 6-55
Climate control display .............. 6-55
Clock .......................................... 6-54
Information display functions .... 6-53
Trip computer ............................. 6-55
11-4
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-53
Liftgate .............................................. 3-11
Luggage compartment ............... 3-12
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-39
Specifications ............................. 10-7
Lighter ............................................... 6-58
Lighting Control ............................... 5-50
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-51
M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance
precautions ................................. 8-16
Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page391
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (391,1)
Index
M
R
Manual Transaxle Operation ............... 5-9
Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10
Map Lights ........................................ 6-51
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-29
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-30
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-7
Moonroof .......................................... 3-23
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-23
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-15
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-9
O
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-33
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-29
Overhead Lights ................................ 6-51
Overheating ....................................... 7-14
Overloading ...................................... 4-11
P
Paint Damage .................................... 8-58
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Power Door Locks .............................. 3-9
Power Steering .................................. 5-18
Fluid ........................................... 8-24
Power steering malfunction indicator
light ............................................ 5-18
Power Windows ................................ 3-18
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-20
R
Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-10
Rear Seat ............................................. 2-5
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-58
Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-58
Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-58
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-30
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-42
Seat Belt System
Automatic locking ...................... 2-13
Belt minder ................................. 2-23
Center-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-19
Emergency locking .................... 2-12
Except center-rear position ......... 2-14
Extender ..................................... 2-21
Pregnant women ........................ 2-12
Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-16
Seat belt precautions .................. 2-10
Warning light/beep ..................... 2-23
Seats
Front seat ...................................... 2-2
Rear seat ....................................... 2-5
Seat warmer .................................. 2-5
Security System
Immobilizer system .................... 3-25
Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-27
Service Publications .......................... 9-44
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-33
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-47
Supplemental restraint systems
precautions ................................. 2-40
Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-29
Horn ........................................... 5-59
11-5
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page392
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (392,1)
Index
S
T
Storage Compartments ...................... 6-60
Cargo securing loops .................. 6-61
Cargo sub-compartment ............. 6-61
Center console ............................ 6-61
Flexible Floor Board .................. 6-62
Glove box ................................... 6-60
Sunshade ........................................... 3-24
Sunvisors .......................................... 6-50
Towing
Description ................................. 7-21
Emergency towing ..................... 7-21
Recreational towing ................... 7-23
Trailer towing ............................. 4-13
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-23
Trailer Towing .................................. 4-13
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-33
Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-14
Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-16
Trunk Light ....................................... 3-15
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-53
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-34
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-37
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-27
Tiedown
Hook .......................................... 7-22
Tire Information ................................ 9-22
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-26
System error activation .............. 5-30
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-28
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-30
Tires
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-35
Replacement ............................... 8-36
Rotation ...................................... 8-36
Snow tires .................................... 4-9
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-8
Flat Tire ........................................ 7-3
Tire chains .................................. 4-10
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-20
Tool ..................................................... 7-3
11-6
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-50
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2
W
Warning Lights ................................. 5-37
ABS ............................................ 5-39
Air bag system ........................... 5-41
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-44
Brake system .............................. 5-39
Charging system ......................... 5-40
Check engine .............................. 5-41
Door-ajar .................................... 5-43
Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-40
Front seat belt pretensioner
system ........................................ 5-41
Low fuel ..................................... 5-42
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-43
Seat belt ...................................... 5-42
Tire pressure monitoring
system ........................................ 5-44
Warranty ............................................ 9-12
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page393
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
Black plate (393,1)
Index
W
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-27
Weights ............................................. 10-6
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-38
Windows
Power windows .......................... 3-18
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-57
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-55
Blades replacement .................... 8-29
Winter Driving .................................... 4-9
11-7
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Mazda3_8X41-EA-07F_Edition1 Page394
Wednesday, April 25 2007 1:7 PM
11-8
Form No.8X41-EA-07F
Black plate (394,1)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
NAVIGATION
SYSTEM
Preparation
See page 4 for specific information.
Immediate use
See page 4 for specific information.
Before Use
Getting
started
Routing
Advanced use
See page 5 for specific information.
Address
Book
Volume
Adjustment
If necessary
See page 5 for specific information.
If
necessary
©2007 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan May 2007(Print1)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Accessories
Please contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you are missing the
following accessory.
Before Use
lMap Disc
Navigation RDM-TMC If
Rear View
Set Up
necessary Monitor
CAUTION:
THIS PRODUCT IS A CLASS I LASER PRODUCT.
HOWEVER THIS PRODUCT USES A VISIBLE/
INVISIBLE LASER BEAM WHICH COULD CAUSE
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF DIRECTED.
BE SURE TO OPERATE THIS PRODUCT
CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED.
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR
PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN
THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. DO NOT
OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR YOURSELF.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
Laser products:
Wave length: 650 nm
Laser power: No hazardous radiation is emitted with safety protection.
2
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
MEMO
Before Use
If
Rear View
necessary Monitor
3
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Contents
Preparation
n Before Use
Before Use
Accessories........................................................................................ 2
Laser products: .................................................................................. 2
Contents ............................................................................................. 4
Safety Information .............................................................................. 6
Introduction ........................................................................................ 8
(Use This Product Safety), (Navigation System), (Screens),
(LCD (Liquid crystal display))
Names and Functions ...................................................................... 10
Immediate use
Navigation RDM-TMC If
Rear View
Set Up
necessary Monitor
4
n Getting started
l Activation....................................................................................... 14
(Removing the Map Disc), (Buttons on the screen)
l Menu ............................................................................................. 16
l Set Clock....................................................................................... 17
l Navigation Set Up ......................................................................... 18
(User Setting), (Quick POI Selection), (Language), (Map Configuration),
(Calibration), (Restore System Defaults)
l Screen Names and Functions....................................................... 27
(Screens Before Setting Route), (Screens During Route Guidance),
(Screen adjustments and settings)
l Screen change.............................................................................. 29
(Changing the Map Orientation/Scale)
n Routing
l Destination Entry and Route Search............................................. 30
(Change (Change Search Area)), (Address), (Point of interest),
(Emergency), (Memory Point), (Home), (Preset Destination),
(Previous Destination), (Intersection), (Freeway On/Off Ramp),
(Coordinates), (Select from map)
l Quick POI...................................................................................... 38
(Displaying POI(s) on a Map), (Local Search), (Deleting POI Markers),
(Showing POI Data)
l Character Entry............................................................................. 39
(To enter the street name, city name, and other.),
(To enter the house phone number, and other.)
l Direct Destination Input................................................................. 40
(Direct Destination Input), (Selecting Route)
l POI Icons on Maps / Delete Destination ....................................... 41
(POI (Point of Interest) Icons), (Delete destination)
l Route Options ............................................................................... 42
(Route Preferences), (Modification of Destination or Way Point Positions),
(Deletion of Destination or Way Points), (Detour), (Turn List),
(Display Preview), (Route Preview)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Advanced use
Before Use
n Address Book
l Address Book ................................................................................ 46
(Memory Point Storage), (Memory Point Confirmation and Modification),
(Preset Destinations or Home storage), (Memory Point Deletion),
(All Memory Point Deletion), (Displays Icons at Memory Points),
(Avoid Area Storage), (Avoid Area Confirmation and Modification),
(Avoid Area Deletion), (All Avoid Area Deletion),
(Category Name Modification), (Previous Destination Deletion),
(All Preset Destination Deletion)
n Volume Adjustment
l Volume Adjustment........................................................................ 50
If necessary
n If necessary
l Precautions/System Performance ................................................. 51
(Voice Guidance), (GPS), (Map Matching), (Positioning Accuracy),
(Route Guide), (Route Search)
l Troubleshooting ............................................................................. 55
(Verification First), (Error Messages)
l Maintenance.................................................................................. 58
(Care of the Product), (Handling and Care of Map Discs)
If
Rear View
necessary Monitor
5
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Safety Information
n Read this owner’s manual for your Navigation System carefully before using the system.
It contains instructions about how to use the system in a safe and effective manner.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for any problems resulting from failure to observe the instructions
given in this manual.
Before Use
n This manual uses pictographs to show you how to use the product safely and to alert you to potential
dangers resulting from improper connections and operation. The meanings of the pictographs are
explained below. It is important that you fully understand the pictographs and explanations in order to
use this manual and the system properly.
Warning
Warning
The presence of this Warning symbol in the text is intended to
alert you to the importance of heeding the operation
instructions. Failure to heed the instructions may result in
severe injury or death.
n Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system
while driving.
Warnings
Navigation RDM-TMC If
Rear View
Set Up
necessary Monitor
6
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time
spent on viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving.
Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and can
cause accidents. Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake
before operating the system.
n Always obey local traffic regulations.
Your guided route may include roads that are not open to vehicles or are closed due to
traffic regulations. Comply with the local traffic regulations and take another route.
n Do not use the unit when it is out of order.
If the unit is out of order (no image, no sound) or in an abnormal state (has foreign matter
in it, is exposed to water, is smoking, or smells), then turn it off immediately and consult
with an Expert dealer, we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Using the unit in an
out-of-order condition may lead to accidents, fires, or electric shocks.
n Use the proper power supply.
This product is designed for operation with a negative grounded 12 V DC battery system.
n Do not disassemble.
Do not disassemble the product or attempt to repair it yourself. If the product needs to be
repaired, take it to an Expert dealer, we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Cautions
n Do not use the product where it is exposed to water, moisture, or dust.
Exposure to water, moisture, or dust may lead to smoke, fire, or other damage to the unit.
Make especially sure that the unit does not get wet in car washes or on rainy days.
n Keep the voice guidance volume at an appropriate level.
Keep the volume level low enough to be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving.
Before Use
Caution
The presence of this Caution symbol in the text is intended to
alert you to the importance of heeding the operation
instructions. Failure to heed the instructions may result in injury
or material damage.
Caution
n Protect the Deck Mechanism.
Do not insert any foreign objects into the slot of this unit.
n This navigation system is designed exclusively for use in automobiles.
This navigation system should only be installed in an automobile. Do not install it in a
ship, aircraft, or any other vehicles except an automobile. Do not use it detached from the
vehicle.
n Do not insert or allow your hand or fingers to be caught in the unit.
To prevent injury, do not get your hand or fingers caught in moving parts or in the disc
slot. Especially watch out for infants.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions;
(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
If
Rear View
necessary Monitor
7
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Introduction
Use This Product Safety
n Extremely
low or high temperatures may interfere with normal operation
Before Use
The inside of the vehicle can become very hot or cold when it is parked for extended
periods in direct sunlight or in cold places with the engine turned off. The navigation system
may not operate normally under such circumstances. Turn off the navigation system until
the inside of the vehicle has cooled down or warmed up. If the system does not operate
thereafter, consult an Authorized Dealer, we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Navigation System
This navigation system utilizes GPS* satellite signals, a speed sensor and gyrosensor to track
and display your vehicle’s current position, and to guide you from your starting point to your
destination along a calculated route.
* : GPS (Global Positioning System) is a position detecting system utilizing the signals from GPS satellites
deployed by the U.S. Defense Department.
Screens
Screens displayed in this manual may differ from those on the actual display.
Navigation RDM-TMC If
Rear View
Set Up
necessary Monitor
8
LCD (Liquid crystal display)
Direct sunlight or other outside light sources makes it difficult to view the images on the
display. For moonroof-equipped vehicles, close the sunshade to better view the display.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
MEMO
Before Use
If
Rear View
necessary Monitor
9
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Names and Functions
Mazda 3
Joystick
Before Use
ENTER
RET
lSelects items
by tilting it up, down, right, and left.
lScrolls map.
P
POS
RET key
Returns to the previous screen.
E
ENTER
Navigation RDM-TMC If
Rear View
Set Up
necessary Monitor
10
VOICE
l
l
M
VOICE key
lInitiates vocal guidance for route
maneuvers.
lAdjusts screen quality.
(
page 28)
D
MENU
D
(
Z
ZOOM
C
(
D
DIM
S
o
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Displays your current position.
Before Use
POS (Position) key
POS
ENTER key
ENTER
lExecutes a selected item.
lDisplays pop up menu.
MENU key
MENU
Displays menu.
(
page 16)
ZOOM key
ZOOM
Changes the map scale.
page 29)
DIM key
DIM
Switches the display to day mode
or night mode. (
page 28)
If
Rear View
necessary Monitor
(
Switching the Display Mode
When the headlight switch is in the or
position, the
display switches to night mode.
Press the DIM key to switch to day mode.
To return to night mode, press the DIM key again.
11
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Names and Functions
Mazda RX-8
MENU key
MENU
Displays menu.
Before Use
(
page 16)
Navigation RDM-TMC If
Rear View
Set Up
necessary Monitor
VOICE key
VOICE
12
lInitiates vocal guidance for route
maneuvers.
lAdjusts screen quality.
(
page 28)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
ENTER
lSelects items
by tilting it up, down, right, and left.
lScrolls map.
Before Use
Joystick
POS (Position) key
POS
Displays your current position.
ZOOM key
ZOOM
Changes the map scale.
(
page 29)
RET
lExecutes a selected item.
lDisplays pop up menu.
If
Rear View
necessary Monitor
ENTER key
ENTER
RET key
Returns to the previous screen.
nce for route
ty.
13
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Activation
Insert the map disc into the unit to start the Mobile Navigation System.
Address
Book
n Map Disc
Cautions
l Refer to “Handling and Care of Map Discs” to know how to handle a map
disc (
page 58).
Note
Getting started
lThe map disc cannot be inserted or ejected while the ignition switch is in the OFF position.
lRemember that the battery can run down if the ignition switch is kept in the ON or ACC
position for a long time while the engine not running.
1
Turn the ignition switch
to the ON position and
press OPEN to open
the display.
Note
lThis display angle can be adjusted by pressing TILT .
When the TILT is
pressed, the display
angle changes in
stages.
lPress OPEN to close the display.
2
Insert the map disc
with the printed side
facing up.
Note
lThe main unit is located in the glove box
compartment. (Mazda 3)
lThe main unit is located in the Center Console (Rear).
(Mazda RX-8)
lCondensation may form on the optical lens or the
map disc inside the unit when the temperature in
the vehicle increases in a short time such as when
heating the car on a cold day. This condensation
may cause malfunctions. If so, unload the map disc
and do not operate the unit for approximately 1
hour. Wipe the condensation off the map disc with a
soft cloth.
If the unit does not operate correctly after 1 hour,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(CAUTION) screen
14
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
3
Read CAUTION
carefully, and select
and press
Caution
ENTER .
Most functions are inhibited while the
vehicle is in motion.
Please read the handbook for operation
instructions.
Always obey traffic regulations.
Getting started
lThe Current Position screen appears.
Note
lYou can select the language by select
and press ENTER . You can also change the
selected language using Language Selection. (
page 22)
lThe CAUTION screen remains on the display unless you select
and press ENTER .
Removing the Map Disc
When the ignition switch is in the ACC position and press
Caution
(EJECT).
Do not get your hand or fingers caught in
moving parts or in the disc slot. This can
cause injuries. Children are inquisitive, try
to install or remove the map disc without
infants looking on.
EJECT
Buttons on the screen
Select the buttons by using Joystick and press ENTER .
Colors for unavailable buttons will be pale.
15
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Address
Book
Getting started
16
Menu
Menu appears when pressing MENU .
Destination Entry and Route Search (
Address Book (
page 46)
Cancel Guidance (
page 41)
Route Options (
page 42)
Volume (
page 50)
Set Clock (
page 17)
Navigation Set Up (
page 18)
page 30)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Set Clock
The current time is set using this function. Since time notification is provided by a GPS satellite.
Before Steps
MENU
ENTER
select
ENTER
Open the [SET CLOCK] screen
for
Select
to move the setting ahead by one hour,
and similarly, select
to move it back by one
hour.
How to exit
.
Getting started
Select
if you prefer 24-hour display;
12-hour display.
Note
Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS, however, it is necessary to
adjust hours under the following conditions:
lDriving across different time zones
lDaylight saving time start and end
17
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Navigation Set Up
lYou can alter the map display conditions, the route guidance conditions and show the
system information.
Address
Book
Warning
Getting started
18
n Stop your vehicle before the following operations.
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time
spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving.
Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may
cause an accident.
Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and put the parking brake on before operating
the system.
Before Steps
MENU
Open
[NAVIGATION SETUP]
ENTER
select
ENTER
(
page 19)
(
page 21)
(
page 22)
(
page 23)
(
page 24)
(
page 26)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Navigation Set Up
MENU
ENTER
User Setting
select
ENTER
Before Steps
ENTER
ENTER
n Map Color
Select a screen color from
to
options.
n Map Mode
Getting started
Open the
[USER SETTINGS]
screen
select
l Auto : The display will automatically switch between Day
and Night illumination mode when the headlights are
turned off and on respectively.
l Day : The display will be presented in Day illumination mode
regardless of whether the headlights are on or off.
l Night : The display will be presented in Night illumination mode
regardless of whether the headlights are on or off.
n Distance
Select the distance unit from
or
.
n Average Speed
Set the average speed for each road to be driven.
(This function sets the standard speed (average vehicle speed
for each route) used for calculating the estimated arrival time
when calculating the route time.)
:
Average speed setting
:Changes back to default
n Road Restriction Warnings
The display of warnings during route guidance when passing
through areas with traffic restrictions can be turned on or off.
19
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Navigation Set Up
Address
Book
MENU
ENTER
User Setting
select
ENTER
Before Steps
ENTER
Getting started
Open the
[USER SETTINGS]
screen
select
ENTER
n Arrival Time
The time which is displayed until reaching the destination or a
way point can be set as an estimated arrival time or the
remaining time.
Select
to display the estimated arrival time, or
display the remaining time.
to
n Keyboard Layout
The layout of input keys can be selected as
or
n Clock
Allows selection of whether clock is to be displayed.
n Beep
Allows selection of whether beep will sound.
20
.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Navigation Set Up
Quick POI Selection
This function allows you set the categories on the area displayed when the (Point of Interest)
menu is selected on the map. Quick POI enables you store up to six different kinds of
categories which you use most regularly.
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
select
select
ENTER
ENTER
Open the [QUICK POI SELECTION] screen
Select the button for Quick POI storage.
Getting started
1
2
Note
lSelect the category to be changed
: This button allows you to restore the factory
settings.
Select a category.
Once selected, subcategories will be displayed.
: Subcategories from all of the
individual categories will be
displayed together.
Select the subcategories to be displayed on the
map.
Repeat the above steps to add further POI markers displayed on the menu.
21
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Navigation Set Up
You can change the language of the menu and the voice guidance.
Address
Book
MENU
ENTER
select
ENTER
Before Steps
ENTER
Getting started
22
Language
select
ENTER
Open the [LANGUAGE] screen
Select your preferred language from the list.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Navigation Set Up
MENU
ENTER
Map Configuration
select
ENTER
Before Steps
ENTER
ENTER
n Map Screen
Select single or dual map display.
Dual map
Single map
Getting started
Open the
[MAP
CONFIGURATION]
screen
select
n Turn Guidance
Turn Arrow (on first screen)
While using route guidance, the
directions for the next junction where
you have to turn are shown as a Turn
Arrow in the upper right.
Turn List
While using route guidance, the
directions for the next junction where
you have to turn are shown as Turn
List.
Turn Arrow (on second screen)
While using route guidance, the
directions for the next junction where
you have to turn are shown as Turn
Arrow.
Note
Before a fork in the road, an enlarged diagram of the junction automatically
appears in a second screen.This is to make route guidance even clearer.
n Junction Detail
Select whether the Enlarged Junction diagram screen is displayed automatically.
n Freeway Information
Allows selection of whether the guidance screen is to be displayed while driving on a freeway.
23
MAZDA3_NAVI _EA. book Page 24 Tuesday, Apri l 24, 2007 5:50 PM
Routing
Navigation Set Up
Calibration
This function allows you to correct any error in the position or direction of your vehicle display.
Address
Book
Before Steps
MENU
ENTER
select
Adjusting Current Position and Direction
Map Vers
The map an
Getting started
ENTER
select
ENTER
Open the [Calibrate Position] screen
Move
to the correct position and select ENTER .
Use
or
to adjust the direction in which you are
heading, and select
.
Distance
This function automatically corrects any error in the display of the current
position that might occur after tire replacement.
ENTER
select
ENTER
You will have to drive about 6 miles (10 km) before distance correction is complete.
24
ENTER
se
Map and so
ENTER
ENTER
select
ENTER
Map Version
The map and software version numbers can be confirmed using this function.
ENTER
.
select
ENTER
Map and software versions are now displayed.
Getting started
NTER
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
h you are
urrent
omplete.
25
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Navigation Set Up
Restore System Defaults
This function replaces all the settings in the mobile navigation system with the initial default
settings.
Address
Book
MENU
ENTER
select
ENTER
Before Steps
ENTER
select
ENTER
Getting started
Open the [SYSTEM DEFAULTS] screen
Select
.
If you execute Restore System Defaults, all of your stored setting data will be deleted.
[Default List]
Item
Menu names
Map Orientation
Map display mode
Map Display scale/Map scale for Dual-screen is not object of backup.
Display guidance language
Quick-POI map display
Quick-POI Selection
Search Area
Map Color
Day/Night/Auto Setting
Distance Units (Miles/KM) (Global setting)
Volume Presets
Time display change (12h/24h)
Keyboard layout
Arrival Time
Navigation Setup (Clock)
Navigation Setup (Beep)
Map Configuration
Freeway Information
Junction Detail
Map screen
Turn Guidance Screen
26
Initial condition
North up
Single-screen display
Single-screen: 10,000 map (1/16 mi)
English
All Off
A : Gas station
B : ATM
C : Police Station
D : Grocery store
E : All Restaurant
F : Hotel
US9 (including Washington DC)
1
Auto
Miles
4
24h
ABC
Time
Off
On
Off
ON
Single
Turn List
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Screen Names and Functions
Screens Before Setting Route
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ENTER
ENTER
RET
Getting started
Current position screen
RET
Returns after a
few seconds.
(6)
(5)
(7)
(8)
(1) Map Orientation control
(
page 29)
(2) GPS (Global Positioning System) marker
(
page 52)
(3) Clock
Clock will be displayed when you set up
Clock on Navigation Set Up On.
(4) Vehicle marker
Shows the current position and
direction of your vehicle.
(5) Scale display
Displays the scale of the map.
(6) Distance from current position
Displays the distance from the current
position to the position pointed by .
(9)
(7) Set Destination button
The destination, memory point or way point
will be set at the position pointed by in the
scroll screen.
(8) Store Memory Point button
Stores markers on the map.
(9) POI (Point of Interest) Display button
(
page 38)
Screens During Route Guidance
(3)
(2)
ENTER
(1)
RET
(5)
Returns after a
few seconds.
(4)
(1) Distance and Time to Destination display (3) Turn Arrow display
Displays the time* and distance to the
Shows the direction to turn at the next
destination or way point.
junction and the distance to the junction.
Selecting this will display the next and
(4) Route Preferences button
further information on the way point or
(
page 42)
time and distance to the destination.
(5) Current Road Name
Shows the name of the road you are
(* Either required time or estimated time
currently driving on.
arrival)
(2) Route display
Shows the provided route as a thick
blue line.
27
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Routing
Address
Book
Screen adjustments and settings
Display Menu screen will be shown when you press VOICE
(DISP) and hold.
Note
Display Menu screen will be disappeared when they have been unused during a few seconds.
Getting started
n Adjusting
the screen quality
lAdjusts the screen brightness
Select "ADJ", and then "BRIGHT". The screen will brighten when scrolling to the right, or
darken when scrolling to the left.
lAdjusts the screen contrast
Select "ADJ", and then "CONTRAST". The screen will lighten when scrolling to the right, or
deepen when scrolling to the left.
Note
lAdjust by scrolling the Joystick to the right and left.
lRestore the adjustment value to the default when selecting “RESET”, press ENTER .
n Clearing
the screen
Select “DISP OFF”, press ENTER and the screen will disappear.
The screen will appear again when pressing any buttons.
n Daytime
screen/Night screen
When the headlights are on, daytime mode can also be selected (if extra screen certain
nighttime conditions). This selection can only be done when the headlights are on. Press
ENTER to switch between day and night modes.
lThe screen can be returned to the daytime screen while the headlights or running lights are
on using
28
DIM
. (Mazda 3 only)
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Screen change
Changing the Map Orientation/Scale
n Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system
while driving
Warning
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time
spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving.
Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may
cause an accident. Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake
before operating the system.
Select
,
and
Getting started
Map
orientation
1
2
l North Up: Geographic north is up.
Press ENTER
press ENTER
l Head Up: The direction you are
heading is up.
1
l ZOOM OUT:
ZOOM
lThe map can be displayed in
13 steps with scales from
to
.
ZOOM
Map scale
l ZOOM IN:
(more detail.)
Position before change
<Scale bar>
Imperial 1/32 mi
display (mile)
1/4 mi
(mile)
2 mi
(mile)
16 mi
(mile)
128 mi
(mile)
Metric
display
500 m
4 km
32 km
256 km
50 m
29
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Destination Entry and Route Search
lYou can set the destination using various methods provided by the system.
Before
Use
Getting
started
Before Steps
Routing
Change
(Change
Search Area)
MENU
ENTER
select
Select the desi
Open the [DESTINATION
ENTRY] Menu
Select
Open the
[DESTINATION
ENTRY] Menu
Select
When narrowing
down to city name
Select
: ID, OR, WA,
: CA, NV
: AZ, CO, MT, NM
: IA, KS, MN, MO
: OK, TX
: IL, IN, KY, MI, O
:
Cancel the
city selection.
:
Displays list of
5 city names
nearest the
current
position.
:
Displays the
city name
input screen.
Address
When narrowing
down to street name
Select
30
Enter the
street
name and
select
Warnings
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time spent
viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving. Operating the system
will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always stop
the vehicle in a safe location before operating the system.
l Route searches with the navigation system can include roads that you cannot drive on and roads that you
are prohibited from driving on due to traffic regulations. Please comply with the traffic regulations.
Getting
started
Select the desired Search Area
: ID, OR, WA,
: CA, NV
: AZ, CO, MT, NM, UT, WY
: IA, KS, MN, MO, ND, NE, SD
: OK, TX
: IL, IN, KY, MI, OH, WI
: AR, AL, LA, MS, TN
: CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, RI, VT
: DC, DE, MD, PA, VA, WV
: FL, GA, NC, SC
: CANADA
ENTER
Routing
n narrowing
to street name
l Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving.
Before
Use
n narrowing
to city name
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
:
Cancel the
city selection.
:
Displays list of
5 city names
nearest the
current
position.
Select
the
city
name
from
the
list
Enter
the
street
name
and
select
Select
the
street
name
from
the
list
:
Displays the
city name
input screen.
Enter
the
city
name
and
select
Select
the
city
name
from
the
list
Enter
the
street
name
and
select
Enter the
street
name and
select
Select the
street name
from the list
Enter
the
house
no.
Select
Direct
destination
input
(
page 40)
Select the
street name
from the list
Select the city
name from the
list
Enter
the
house
no.
Select
l For Character Entry, please refer to page 39.
31
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Destination Entry and Route Search
Before
Use
Open the
[DESTINATION
ENTRY] Menu
Select
When entering
the destination
point directly
Getting
started
Select
When narrowing
down to city
name
:
Cancel the
city selection.
Select
Routing
:
Displays list
of 5 city
names
nearest the
current
position.
:
Displays the
city name
input screen.
Point of
interest
When narrowing
down to category
name
Select
Select the
category
name from
the list
When narrowing
down to the
nearest facility
:
for facilities clos
nearest city hall
Select
:
for facilities nea
position.
:S
facilities near th
position.
Searches for reg
facilities at the d
When narrowing
down to a phone
number
Select
32
Enter the phone
and select
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Enter the
POI name
and select
Before
Use
When entering
he destination
point directly
Select the
POI from
the list
When narrowing
own to city
ame
Getting
started
elect
:
Cancel the
city selection.
elect
Select the
city name
from the
list
:
Displays the
city name
input screen.
Enter the
city name
and select
When narrowing
own to category
ame
elect
When narrowing
own to the
earest facility
Select
Select the
city name
from the
list
Select the
category
name from
the list
: Searches
for facilities close to the
nearest city hall.
Enter the city
center name
and select
: Searches
for facilities near the current
position.
Select
: Searches for
facilities near the current
position.
Scroll the map
as necessary
and select
:
Searches for registered
facilities at the destinations.
Select the
facility from
the list and
select
elect
When narrowing
own to a phone
umber
Routing
:
Displays list
of 5 city
names
nearest the
current
position.
Select the
city center
name from
the list and
select
Select the
Category
name from
the list and
select
Enter the phone number
and select
elect
l For Character Entry, please refer to page 39.
33
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Destination Entry and Route Search
Before
Use
Select
Getting
started
When stopped
Select the so
Displays the police
station select screen.
: Sorts the
the hospital by D
: Sorts the
the hospital by n
Displays the hospital
select screen.
Emergency
When driving
Routing
Sets the destination to the
nearest police station
automatically.
Sets the destination to the
nearest hospital
automatically.
34
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Select the name from
the list
Select
Getting
started
: Sorts the police station or
the hospital by Distance.
: Sorts the police station or
the hospital by name.
Before
Use
Select the sort methods
Routing
35
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Destination Entry and Route Search
Before
Use
Before Steps
Getting
started
Memory Point
MENU
ENTER
Open the
[DESTINATION
ENTRY] Menu
select
Select
Routing
Select
Home
Preset Destination
Select
Select the desi
Previous Destination
Select
Select
Select the Prev
Intersection
Select
Enter/Select th
1st street name
Enter/Select th
name of the
freeway
Select
Enter the latitu
Freeway On/
Off Ramp
: degrees
Coordinates
: minutes
: seconds
Select from
map
36
Select
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Before
Use
Getting
started
Select the desired Memory Point
: Display up to five previous suggestions.
: Display the five previous suggestions.
: The order of the displayed list can be changed.
Routing
Select the desired Preset Destination.
Select the Previous Destination.
Enter/Select the
1st street name
Enter/Select the
name of the
freeway
Enter/Select the 2nd
street name
Enter the latitude
Enter the longitude
Select
or
Select
Select the
desired the
On Ramp or
the Off Ramp
name.
Select
: degrees
: minutes
: seconds
l For Character Entry, please refer to page 39.
37
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Quick POI
Before
Use
lYou can select one of the Six Categories on the menu or List Categories and then select the
POI(s) to be displayed on the map.
Before Steps
ENTER
ENTER
Getting
started
Open the
[QUICK POI]
Routing
Displaying
POI(s) on a
Map
Select
Select the
categories to be
displayed up to a
maximum of five.
l POI icon chart
(
page 41)
For categories
other than the six
displayed, select
and
select them from
the list shown.
Select the POI
you want to find
from the listed
categories.
After you make a
selection, the point of
interest you selected
appears on the map.
: Search POI
along the route
during the guidance
and show the list.
Local
Search
Deleting
POI
Markers
Before Steps
Displaying POI(s) on a Map (
Display the POI.
Showing
POI Data
38
above)
Select the desired
POI by moving on
top of the POI icon.
The name of the selected
POI appears.
If no data is stored for the
selected POI, the POI
name is not displayed.
Select
(Information)
The POI(s) data is
displayed.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Character Entry
Select your target
in the list.
Before
Use
Select the first several characters
on the screen. (Step 1)
Getting
started
Select
Select
Select
Names of which spelling starts
with the entered character appear.
l If a desired name is not in
the list, go back to Step 1,
and try fewer characters.
Select
To enter
the street
name, city
name, and
other.
:
:
:
Display up to five previous
suggestions.
Display the previous
suggestions.
Text flow (Right)
Text flow (Left)
:
The order of the displayed list
can be changed. (Displayed
list varies or
may not be
displayed depending on what
was input.)
:
Additional text can be input.
(Use when inputting
additional characters after
the list is displayed.)
: Move the cursor to the previous
position and delete a character.
: The list appears.
Routing
:
l Examples
Street: CANAL
Enter by selecting characters:
Street: 52nd Ave.
Enter by selecting characters:
-
C A
5 2 n d
A
Street: MAIN STREET
Enter by selecting characters:
-
M A I N
To enter
the house
phone
number,
and other.
S
Select the characters on
the screen.
Select
: Move the cursor to the
previous position and
delete a character.
39
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Direct Destination Input
Before
Use
1
ENTER
Getting
started
Position the
cursor on your
destination on
the map
Scroll the map and change the map
scale if necessary.
Routing
2
Direct
Destination
Input
ENTER
ENTER
3
Select
4
Select
Select
.
Route calculation will be carried out and the entire route
will be displayed on the map.
Select
(Way point) to set the address as a way point
on your route (
page 46). You can set up to 5 waypoints per trip.
.
Route guidance begins using displayed route.
Note
lIf your desired route cannot be found,
(Route
Options) allows the route option settings to be changed.
(
page 42)
lSelecting
for five seconds or more will launch the
Demo mode.
Operate after Step 3 of [Direct Destination Input]
Selecting
Route
4
5
The calculation route can be selected from one of three
types namely, Quick (the fastest route), Altern. (the
standard route), or Short (the shortest route).
Select
(Information).
Details regarding the individual routes (i.e., required time
total distance, roads used, etc.)
Select either
,
, or
, and then select
when you have decided
on the route to be used.
40
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
POI Icons on Maps / Delete Destination
n POI (Point of Interest) Icons
Restaurant
Travel
Community
Convention Center
American
Ferry Terminal
Court House
Chinese
Hotel
Government Offices
Continental
Rental Car Agency
Higher Education
Fast Food
Rest Area
Hospital
French
Train Station
Library
Italian
Airport (All Search
Areas)
Park & Recreation
(All Search Areas)
Japanese
Routing
Bus Station
Getting
started
All restaurants
Before
Use
The following are POI icons shown on maps.
Police Station
Recreation
Mexican
School
Casino
Seafood
City Center
Golf Course
Thai
Historical
Monument
Banking
Other Restaurants
Bank
Marina
Shopping
ATM
Museum
Grocery Store
Ski Resort
Other
Shopping Mall
Sports Complex
Business Facility
Performing Arts
Automotive
Automobile Club
Tourist Attraction
(All Search Areas)
Gas Station
Tourist Information
Parking
Winery
Auto Service &
Maintenance
Amusement Park
(All Search Areas)
Delete
destination
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
Select
Select
ENTER
41
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Route Options
Before
Use
Before Steps
Getting
started
Routing
Route
Preferences
MENU
ENTER
Open the
[ROUTE
OPTIONS] Menu
lDuring route guidance you can
change the route options, stop or
check the route.
select
Select
Select
or
roads, major r
and restricted
The route will not
the specified con
Select
Modification
of Destination
or Way Point
Positions
Select the
button for the
location to be
modified.
Select
(Change
Location).
Shows the map fo
destination/way po
Select the way points
to change the order.
Change the destination
and the passing order
of the destination and
way points.
Select the button
corresponding to the
destination or way
point to be deleted.
Deletion of
Destination or
Way Points
Select
Select
Searches the deto
present position
according to the
Route searches t
for all routes.
Detour
Select
Turn List
42
The Enter Route
screen appears.
Select
from
the roads to be
avoided.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Warning
n Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time spent
viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving. Operating the system
will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always stop
the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system.
Before
Use
Getting
started
ENTER
POS
The route will not necessarily follow
the specified conditions.
Select the
button for the
location to be
modified.
Select
Move
(Change
press
Location).
Shows the map for the
destination/way points.
Select the way points
to change the order.
Change the destination
and the passing order
of the destination and
way points.
Press
order.
Select the button
corresponding to the
destination or way
point to be deleted.
Select
Routing
Select
or
for toll
roads, major roads, and ferry
and restricted roads.
to location and then
.
ENTER
to change the
:
POS
POS
:Cancel the deletion
:
Searches the detour routes at one, three, and five miles from the
present position to the selected routes. (Display range varies
according to the set distance of the selected route.) Whole
Route searches the route that detours from the present position
for all routes.
The Enter Route
screen appears.
Select
from
the roads to be
avoided.
:
POS
:Cancel the setting
43
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Route Options
Before
Use
Before Steps
Getting
started
Display
Preview
MENU
ENTER
Open the
[ROUTE
OPTIONS] Menu
select
Select
Routing
ENTER
Select
Use the button
: Move the s
: Carry out a
be displaye
: Stop the s
: Carry out a
be displaye
: Move to th
Route
Preview
: Displays th
POIs: Disp
selected, it
selected to
44
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Before
Use
Getting
started
Routing
Use the buttons displayed on-screen to carry out a simulation run.
: Move the start point.
: Carry out a simulation run in the direction of the start point. When the Simulation starts the button will
be displayed as
, and when selected, it will cause the Simulation to advance quickly.
: Stop the simulation run.
: Carry out a simulation run in the direction of the destination. When the Simulation starts the button will
be displayed as
, and when selected, it will cause the Simulation to advance quickly.
: Move to the destination.
: Displays the [EDIT ROUTE PREVIEW] screen.
: Stops at the destination or the next way-point.
: Stops at a point of interest which has been setup on the route.
: Delete the POI which has been selected.
RET
POIs: Display the six POIs from Quick-POI storage. When one of these is
selected, it will be displayed on the map; furthermore,
can be
selected to display items other than shown here. For more details, refer to page 21.
45
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Address Book
Before
Use
Before Steps
Getting
started
Memory Point
Storage
MENU
ENTER
lYou can, edit, or delete any
marked point.
select
Routing
Open the
[ADDRESS
BOOK]
Set a mem
point using
preferred m
Select a me
point to be
Select
Address Book
Memory Point
Confirmation
and
Modification
Preset
Destinations
or Home
storage
Select a m
point to be
in Preset
Destinatio
Home.
Memory
Point
Deletion
Select a m
point to be
deleted.
All Memory
Point
Deletion
Displays
Icons at
Memory
Points
46
: Ca
Show all
icon
or
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Before
Use
Getting
started
:
Allows the storage
category to be
changed. Select the
button corresponding
to the new category.
Select a memory
point to be
deleted.
Address Book
Select a memory
point to be stored
in Preset
Destinations or
Home.
: Allows the display icon to be
selected. Page 1 and 2 contain
standard icons, whereas the
With Sound page contains icons
which also playback sounds.
(With direction icon function)
The beep alert only activates
when the vehicle approaches to
within about 500m of the memory
point from the set direction.
: Allows the name to be changed.
When editing has been
completed, select
.
Furthermore, select
to
display names on the map, or
if these names are not to
be displayed.
: Allows memory points to be
checked and modified on the
map screen. After checking.
: Allows the telephone number to
be modified. When editing has
been completed, select
.
Routing
Set a memory
point using your
preferred method.
Select a memory
point to be modified
ENTER
:Changes the category to
Preset Destinations
:Changes the category to
Home
: Cancel the deletion.
: Cancel the deletion.
Show all
icon
or
47
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Address Book
Before
Use
Before Steps
MENU
ENTER
select
Getting
started
Routing
Open the
Avoid Area
[ADDRESS
Storage
BOOK]
Address Book
Avoid Area
Confirmation
and
Modification
Select
Avoid Area
Deletion
All Avoid
Area
Deletion
Category
Name
Modification
Select
Previous
Destination
Deletion
All Preset
Destination
Deletion
48
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Before
Use
: Changes the detour
position
: Reduces the size of the
avoid area.
: Increases the size of
the avoid area.
: Allows avoid area
to be checked and
modified on the
map screen.
After checking.
Extends
the detour
range
POS
Address Book
: Allows the name to be
changed. When editing has
been completed, select
. Furthermore, select
to display names on
the map, or
if these
names are not to be
displayed.
Routing
Select an avoid area
to be modified.
Getting
started
Select an avoid
area using your
preferred method.
Shortens
the detour
range
Changes
the detour
position
Select an avoid
area to be deleted.
: Cancel the deletion.
: Cancel the deletion.
Select a destination to
be deleted.
: The order of the
displayed list can be
changed.
: Cancel the deletion.
: Cancel the deletion.
49
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Volume Adjustment
You can adjust the volume control for the voice guidance.
Before
Use
Before Steps
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
Getting
started
Open the [VOLUME] screen
Routing
1
Select the appropriate button to set the
volume between
(minimum) and
(maximum).
Address
Book
:Sound output will be muted.
2
Volume Adjustment
50
select
Press the POS button to return to the
current vehicle position screen.
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Precautions/System Performance
Voice Guidance
Routing
Address
Book
Voice
Recognition
n Intersection
Getting
started
Voice guidance has the following functions:
Before
Use
Warnings
l The navigation system is just a support system for the driver. The driver should
always pay attention to the traffic situation to safely make decisions. You may
be unable at times to arrive at your destination due to out-of-date information
on a map disc. You should be especially careful when selecting an urgent
destination such as a hospital or a police station.
l Your route may sometimes include roads that are not open to vehicles or are
closed due to traffic regulations. Please comply with the local traffic
regulations.
l Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize
the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance
while driving. Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead
of the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always stop the vehicle in a safe
location and use the parking brake before operating the system.
guidance
lThe system vocally announces the distance to an upcoming highway branching point or
junction.
If necessary
lThe system voice announces the distance to an upcoming turn and the turning direction.
This guidance function is automatic. Therefore, you do not have to set it, and it cannot be
disabled.
Route
Second branching point
150m
100m
First branching point
Roundabout.
Take the second
exit.
Left turn ahead,
then right turn.
In 700m left turn.
When two intersections are close together, the
voice guidance may be late.
When two roundabouts are close together, the
voice guidance for the second may be late.
51
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
GPS
Before
Use
Getting
started
GPS is a position detecting system utilizing the signals
from GPS satellites deployed by the U.S. Department of
Defense. The Mobile Navigation System uses input from
three or more satellites and calculates the vehicle position
based on the principle of triangulation.
The positioning accuracy of the system corresponds to the
error display of the GPS which is from about 30 to 200 meters.
Routing
Address
Book
lIf you are using the system for the first time, or if you have not used it for some time, it takes
about 5 minutes (or about 2 minutes in open areas) to calculate your vehicle’s position.
n GPS
signal reception is poor in the following places
Voice
Recognition
If necessary
In tunnels
Among high-rise buildings Under elevated roads
In wooded areas
lThe GPS satellites are controlled by the U.S. Defense Department, which may intentionally
lower positioning accuracy. In such cases, there may be vehicle position deviations.
lThere may be vehicle position deviations for some time until GPS signals are received after
turning on the ignition.
Map Matching
This function compares your vehicle’s tracking data with the road data on the map
disc, applies dead reckoning to determine the road you are driving on, and displays
your vehicle on that road on the map.
lIntelligent map matching addresses the following problems to achieve high accuracy in
vehicle positioning.
Position Correction for Elevated Roads
Position accuracy is improved by detecting if the vehicle is
running on or under an elevated road.
Position Correction for Parking Garages
Position accuracy is improved by detecting if the vehicle is
driving in an elevated or underground parking garage.
High-precision Gyrosensor
A gyro detects turns with an accuracy of 0.05° per second.
Combined with a speed sensor, it enables the system to
display the current vehicle position even where GPS signals
may be blocked.
lUsing a spare tire in place of the regular one may cause vehicle position deviations.
lAny difference between the direction which your vehicle actually travels and that shown on
the map is automatically eliminated by azimuth correction.
52
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Precautions/System Performance
Positioning Accuracy
Before
Use
In the following situations, your vehicle position may not be displayed correctly on the
map. But, as you keep driving, your vehicle position will be automatically corrected
utilizing map matching and GPS data.
Getting
started
Routing
Making a turn after Running on a steep Running on a spiral Entering an intersection
driving on a long
mountain road
road
where a road branches
straight road
off at a small angle
Voice
Recognition
CAR FERRY
Address
Book
Running on an
elevated road
P
O
T
S
Snaking on a wide
road
When your vehicle After getting off a
is on a turntable
ferryboat or vehicle
with the ignition
train
turned off
Route Guide
Although you may encounter the following problems in route guide, there is nothing
wrong with the system.
If necessary
Running on gridiron Running on a
layout of roads
slippery road with
tire chains
In 300 m
right turn
Left turn
ahead
For certain intersection shapes,
the upcoming turn or the name of
the intersection may not be
announced.
For certain intersection shapes,
you may be prompted to turn right
or left When you should actually
stay on the same road.
Voice guidance for the planned
route may continue even after you
have deviated from that route
such as having turned too early.
In 300 m
right turn
m
300
0m
Some points where the road
divides on highways or toll roads
may not be displayed or
announced.
The Intersection Zoom Map may
not always agree with the actual
shape of the intersection.
The announced distance to an
upcoming turn may differ slightly
from reality.
53
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Warning
The navigation system is just a support system for the driver. The driver should always pay
attention to the traffic situation to safely make decisions. You may be unable to arrive at your
destination due to out-of-date information on a map disc. You should be especially careful
when selecting an urgent destination such as a hospital or a police station.
Before
Use
Route Search
Getting
started
Although you may encounter the following problems in a route search, there is nothing
wrong with the system.
Routing
The guide map may
show roads that are not
passable due to closure
in winter or for other
reasons.
It may also show roads
that are out of use due
to the opening of a new
road or for other
reasons.
Address
Book
It may also show
roads that only permit
one-way traffic.
Voice
Recognition
Road
out of
use
?
?
?
which
exit?
If necessary
?
Destination
Depending upon the shape of
roundabout (rotary), the guide
map may show a wrong exit.
• There may be cases
where the route remains
unchanged after another
search.
• A congested route may
be shown.
Destination
?
?
?
Destination
The route shown only
reaches a point near
your destination if your
destination has no
direct access road or
the road is too narrow.
It may show a
common road under
or over an elevated
road.
It may show a route
where you'll have to
make a U-turn.
?
Destination
54
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Troubleshooting
Verification First
Note
If necessary
lCheck if the vehicle position changed when ACC was set to
OFF.
Voice
Recognition
lCheck if the voltage level of the vehicle battery is low.
Recharge the battery or change batteries.
Address
Book
Display does
not open or
close
lCheck if a fuse has blown.
Consult an Expert Dealer, we recommend an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Routing
No picture
Check point
Getting
started
Symptom
Before
Use
There may be some problems due to operational errors or mistakes. Please read this manual
again and verify that there really is a problem before calling an Expert Dealer, we recommend
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to ask for repair services.
When, for example,
The vehicle
position is not
correct
• The vehicle was transported by a ferry boat.
• The vehicle was rotated on a turn table in a parking lot.
• The vehicle was transported by a tow track or other such
vehicle.
Drive the vehicle for a while where you are receiving
GPS signals.
55
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Before
Use
Getting
started
Symptom
Check point
Routing
lGPS signals may not be received because of obstructions.
After moving the vehicle away from obstructions, the GPS
signals can be received.
The vehicle
position is not
displayed
lCheck if the mode is set to the current position screen.
Address
Book
No GPS
symbols are
displayed
Voice
Recognition
If necessary
56
Press
POS
No voice
guidance
lCheck if the volume control for the voice guidance has been
turned off.
lCheck if the vehicle is off the route.
Repeat the route search while checking the route guide
screen.
lCheck if you are driving the vehicle in the wrong direction on
the route.
Repeat the route search checking the direction of the
destination.
Buttons on the
remote control
do not beep
lCheck if [Beep] is set to [Off] (
page 20).
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Troubleshooting
Error message
Address
Book
lThe disc is wet, dirty, scratched, or upside down, or the disc
cannot be played with this unit or the incorrect disk is installed.
Eject the disc and check it.
Routing
Voice
Recognition
The disc
installed is not
a MAP DVD.
lThe disc is not installed.
Check if the disk is installed. If installed, check if the
installed disk is correct.
Getting
started
MAP DVD-Read
Error
Solution
Before
Use
Please insert a
MAP DVD.
Error Messages
If necessary
57
1%>(%C2%:-C)%FSSO4EKI8YIWHE]%TVMP41
Maintenance
Care of the Product
Before
Use
Getting
started
Routing
Address
Book
Voice
Recognition
If necessary
58
n Cleaning
this product
Use a dry, soft cloth to wipe it.
n Cautions
for cleaning
Never use solvents such as benzene and thinners, they could mar the surface of the unit.
n Map
disc
If you require the latest map disc, consult an Expert Dealer, we recommend an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Handling and Care of Map Discs
n How
to hold the disc
n Disc
Cleaning
Label side
lDo not touch the underside of the disc.
lDo not scratch the disc.
lDo not bend the disc.
lWhen not in use, keep the disc in the case.
lUse a dry, soft cloth to wipe from the center outward.
n Do
not leave discs in the following places:
lDirect sunlight
lNear car heaters
lIn dirty, dusty and damp areas
lOn seats and dashboards
<Right>
<Wrong>
Download PDF

advertising